AuroraMiddleware/gtk2
1
0
Fork 0
forked from AuroraMiddleware/gtk
Code Issues Pull Requests Projects Releases Wiki Activity
8105125369
gtk2/gtk/gtkwidget.c
Carlos Garnacho 56c3d4b1be Remove dead Gtk[Rc]Style code 
Most code in gtkrc.c has been turned into a no-op, but that one
reverting in public API (gtk_rc_scanner_new() and such). GtStyle
is also more shallow, now fully relies in the backing
GtkStyleContext and all connection to gtkrc.c has been removed.

GtkBinding has been also affected, there is no replacement yet
for custom keybindings in style files, so that piece of code that
hooked into gtkrc has been replaced by a FIXME so in the future
it may be added back.
2010-12-18 12:10:00 +01:00

13752 lines
412 KiB
C
Raw Blame History

/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
* Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
*
* This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
* modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
* version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
*
* This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
* but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
* MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
* Lesser General Public License for more details.
*
* You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
* License along with this library; if not, write to the
* Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
* Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
*/
/*
* Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000. See the AUTHORS
* file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team. See the ChangeLog
* files for a list of changes. These files are distributed with
* GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/.
*/
#include "config.h"
#include <stdarg.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <locale.h>
#include "gtkcontainer.h"
#include "gtkaccelmap.h"
#include "gtkclipboard.h"
#include "gtkiconfactory.h"
#include "gtkintl.h"
#include "gtkmain.h"
#include "gtkmarshalers.h"
#include "gtkrc.h"
#include "gtkselection.h"
#include "gtksettings.h"
#include "gtksizegroup-private.h"
#include "gtkwidget.h"
#include "gtkwidgetprivate.h"
#include "gtkwindowprivate.h"
#include "gtkbindings.h"
#include "gtkprivate.h"
#include "gdk/gdk.h"
#include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
#include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
#include <cairo-gobject.h>
#include "gdk/gdkkeysyms.h"
#include "gtkaccessible.h"
#include "gtktooltip.h"
#include "gtkinvisible.h"
#include "gtkbuildable.h"
#include "gtkbuilderprivate.h"
#include "gtksizerequest.h"
#include "gtkstylecontext.h"
#include "gtksymboliccolor.h"
#include "gtkcssprovider.h"
#include "gtkanimationdescription.h"
#include "gtkmodifierstyle.h"
#include "gtkversion.h"
#include "gtkdebug.h"
/**
* SECTION:gtkwidget
* @Short_description: Base class for all widgets
* @Title: GtkWidget
*
* GtkWidget is the base class all widgets in GTK+ derive from. It manages the
* widget lifecycle, states and style.
*
* <refsect2 id="geometry-management">
* <title>Height-for-width Geometry Management</title>
* <para>
* GTK+ uses a height-for-width (and width-for-height) geometry management
* system. Height-for-width means that a widget can change how much
* vertical space it needs, depending on the amount of horizontal space
* that it is given (and similar for width-for-height). The most common
* example is a label that reflows to fill up the available width, wraps
* to fewer lines, and therefore needs less height.
*
* Height-for-width geometry management is implemented in GTK+ by way
* of five virtual methods:
* <itemizedlist>
* <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_request_mode()</listitem>
* <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width()</listitem>
* <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()</listitem>
* <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height_for_width()</listitem>
* <listitem>#GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height()</listitem>
* </itemizedlist>
*
* There are some important things to keep in mind when implementing
* height-for-width and when using it in container implementations.
*
* The geometry management system will query a widget hierarchy in
* only one orientation at a time. When widgets are initially queried
* for their minimum sizes it is generally done in two initial passes
* in the #GtkSizeRequestMode chosen by the toplevel.
*
* For example, when queried in the normal
* %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH mode:
* First, the default minimum and natural width for each widget
* in the interface will be computed using gtk_width_get_preferred_width().
* Because the preferred widths for each container depend on the preferred
* widths of their children, this information propagates up the hierarchy,
* and finally a minimum and natural width is determined for the entire
* toplevel. Next, the toplevel will use the minimum width to query for the
* minimum height contextual to that width using
* gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width(), which will also be a highly
* recursive operation. The minimum height for the minimum width is normally
* used to set the minimum size constraint on the toplevel
* (unless gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() is explicitly used instead).
*
* After the toplevel window has initially requested its size in both
* dimensions it can go on to allocate itself a reasonable size (or a size
* previously specified with gtk_window_set_default_size()). During the
* recursive allocation process it's important to note that request cycles
* will be recursively executed while container widgets allocate their children.
* Each container widget, once allocated a size, will go on to first share the
* space in one orientation among its children and then request each child's
* height for its target allocated width or its width for allocated height,
* depending. In this way a #GtkWidget will typically be requested its size
* a number of times before actually being allocated a size. The size a
* widget is finally allocated can of course differ from the size it has
* requested. For this reason, #GtkWidget caches a small number of results
* to avoid re-querying for the same sizes in one allocation cycle.
*
* See <link linkend="container-geometry-management">GtkContainer's
* geometry management section</link>
* to learn more about how height-for-width allocations are performed
* by container widgets.
*
* If a widget does move content around to intelligently use up the
* allocated size then it must support the request in both
* #GtkSizeRequestModes even if the widget in question only
* trades sizes in a single orientation.
*
* For instance, a #GtkLabel that does height-for-width word wrapping
* will not expect to have #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height() called
* because that call is specific to a width-for-height request. In this
* case the label must return the height required for its own minimum
* possible width. By following this rule any widget that handles
* height-for-width or width-for-height requests will always be allocated
* at least enough space to fit its own content.
*
* Here are some examples of how a %GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH widget
* generally deals with width-for-height requests, for #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_height()
* it will do:
* <programlisting><![CDATA[
* static void
* foo_widget_get_preferred_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint *min_height, gint *nat_height)
* {
* if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
* {
* gint min_width;
*
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, NULL);
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, min_width,
* min_height, nat_height);
* }
* else
* {
* ... some widgets do both. For instance, if a GtkLabel is rotated to 90 degrees
* it will return the minimum and natural height for the rotated label here.
* }
* }
* ]]></programlisting>
*
* And in #GtkWidgetClass.get_preferred_width_for_height() it will simply return
* the minimum and natural width:
*
* <programlisting><![CDATA[
* static void
* foo_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget, gint for_height,
* gint *min_width, gint *nat_width)
* {
* if (i_am_in_height_for_width_mode)
* {
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, min_width, nat_width);
* }
* else
* {
* ... again if a widget is sometimes operating in width-for-height mode
* (like a rotated GtkLabel) it can go ahead and do its real width for
* height calculation here.
* }
* }
* ]]></programlisting>
*
* Often a widget needs to get its own request during size request or
* allocation. For example, when computing height it may need to also
* compute width. Or when deciding how to use an allocation, the widget
* may need to know its natural size. In these cases, the widget should
* be careful to call its virtual methods directly, like this:
* <example>
* <title>Widget calling its own size request method.</title>
* <programlisting>
* GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS(widget)-&gt;get_preferred_width (widget),
* &min, &natural);
* </programlisting>
* </example>
*
* It will not work to use the wrapper functions, such as
* gtk_widget_get_preferred_width() inside your own size request
* implementation. These return a request adjusted by #GtkSizeGroup
* and by the #GtkWidgetClass.adjust_size_request() virtual method. If a
* widget used the wrappers inside its virtual method implementations,
* then the adjustments (such as widget margins) would be applied
* twice. GTK+ therefore does not allow this and will warn if you try
* to do it.
*
* Of course if you are getting the size request for
* <emphasis>another</emphasis> widget, such as a child of a
* container, you <emphasis>must</emphasis> use the wrapper APIs.
* Otherwise, you would not properly consider widget margins,
* #GtkSizeGroup, and so forth.
* </para>
* </refsect2>
* <refsect2 id="style-properties">
* <title>Style Properties</title>
* <para>
* <structname>GtkWidget</structname> introduces <firstterm>style
* properties</firstterm> - these are basically object properties that are stored
* not on the object, but in the style object associated to the widget. Style
* properties are set in <link linkend="gtk-Resource-Files">resource files</link>.
* This mechanism is used for configuring such things as the location of the
* scrollbar arrows through the theme, giving theme authors more control over the
* look of applications without the need to write a theme engine in C.
* </para>
* <para>
* Use gtk_widget_class_install_style_property() to install style properties for
* a widget class, gtk_widget_class_find_style_property() or
* gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties() to get information about existing
* style properties and gtk_widget_style_get_property(), gtk_widget_style_get() or
* gtk_widget_style_get_valist() to obtain the value of a style property.
* </para>
* </refsect2>
* <refsect2 id="GtkWidget-BUILDER-UI">
* <title>GtkWidget as GtkBuildable</title>
* <para>
* The GtkWidget implementation of the GtkBuildable interface supports a
* custom &lt;accelerator&gt; element, which has attributes named key,
* modifiers and signal and allows to specify accelerators.
* </para>
* <example>
* <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accelerator</title>
* <programlisting><![CDATA[
* <object class="GtkButton">
* <accelerator key="q" modifiers="GDK_CONTROL_MASK" signal="clicked"/>
* </object>
* ]]></programlisting>
* </example>
* <para>
* In addition to accelerators, <structname>GtkWidget</structname> also support a
* custom &lt;accessible&gt; element, which supports actions and relations.
* Properties on the accessible implementation of an object can be set by accessing the
* internal child "accessible" of a <structname>GtkWidget</structname>.
* </para>
* <example>
* <title>A UI definition fragment specifying an accessible</title>
* <programlisting><![CDATA[
* <object class="GtkButton" id="label1"/>
* <property name="label">I am a Label for a Button</property>
* </object>
* <object class="GtkButton" id="button1">
* <accessibility>
* <action action_name="click" translatable="yes">Click the button.</action>
* <relation target="label1" type="labelled-by"/>
* </accessibility>
* <child internal-child="accessible">
* <object class="AtkObject" id="a11y-button1">
* <property name="AtkObject::name">Clickable Button</property>
* </object>
* </child>
* </object>
* ]]></programlisting>
* </example>
* </refsect2>
*/
#define WIDGET_CLASS(w) GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
#define INIT_PATH_SIZE (512)
struct _GtkWidgetPrivate
{
/* The state of the widget. There are actually only
* 5 widget states (defined in "gtkenums.h")
* so 3 bits.
*/
guint state_flags : 6;
guint direction : 2;
guint in_destruction : 1;
guint toplevel : 1;
guint anchored : 1;
guint composite_child : 1;
guint no_window : 1;
guint realized : 1;
guint mapped : 1;
guint visible : 1;
guint sensitive : 1;
guint parent_sensitive : 1;
guint can_focus : 1;
guint has_focus : 1;
guint can_default : 1;
guint has_default : 1;
guint receives_default : 1;
guint has_grab : 1;
guint shadowed : 1;
guint rc_style : 1;
guint user_style : 1;
guint app_paintable : 1;
guint double_buffered : 1;
guint redraw_on_alloc : 1;
guint no_show_all : 1;
guint child_visible : 1;
guint multidevice : 1;
guint has_shape_mask : 1;
guint in_reparent : 1;
guint resize_pending : 1;
guint alloc_needed : 1;
guint width_request_needed : 1;
guint height_request_needed : 1;
/* Expand-related flags */
guint need_compute_expand : 1; /* Need to recompute computed_[hv]_expand */
guint computed_hexpand : 1; /* computed results (composite of child flags) */
guint computed_vexpand : 1;
guint hexpand : 1; /* application-forced expand */
guint vexpand : 1;
guint hexpand_set : 1; /* whether to use application-forced */
guint vexpand_set : 1; /* instead of computing from children */
/* The widget's name. If the widget does not have a name
* (the name is NULL), then its name (as returned by
* "gtk_widget_get_name") is its class's name.
* Among other things, the widget name is used to determine
* the style to use for a widget.
*/
gchar *name;
/* The style for the widget. The style contains the
* colors the widget should be drawn in for each state
* along with graphics contexts used to draw with and
* the font to use for text.
*/
GtkStyle *style;
GtkStyleContext *context;
/* The widget's allocated size.
*/
GtkAllocation allocation;
/* The widget's requested sizes */
SizeRequestCache requests;
/* The widget's window or its parent window if it does
* not have a window. (Which will be indicated by the
* GTK_NO_WINDOW flag being set).
*/
GdkWindow *window;
/* The widget's parent.
*/
GtkWidget *parent;
/* Widget's path for styling */
GtkWidgetPath *path;
};
enum {
DESTROY,
SHOW,
HIDE,
MAP,
UNMAP,
REALIZE,
UNREALIZE,
SIZE_ALLOCATE,
STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED,
STATE_CHANGED,
PARENT_SET,
HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
STYLE_SET,
DIRECTION_CHANGED,
GRAB_NOTIFY,
CHILD_NOTIFY,
DRAW,
MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE,
GRAB_FOCUS,
FOCUS,
MOVE_FOCUS,
KEYNAV_FAILED,
EVENT,
EVENT_AFTER,
BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT,
BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
SCROLL_EVENT,
MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
DELETE_EVENT,
DESTROY_EVENT,
EXPOSE_EVENT,
KEY_PRESS_EVENT,
KEY_RELEASE_EVENT,
ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT,
LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT,
CONFIGURE_EVENT,
FOCUS_IN_EVENT,
FOCUS_OUT_EVENT,
MAP_EVENT,
UNMAP_EVENT,
PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
SELECTION_GET,
SELECTION_RECEIVED,
PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT,
PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT,
CLIENT_EVENT,
VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
WINDOW_STATE_EVENT,
DAMAGE_EVENT,
GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT,
DRAG_BEGIN,
DRAG_END,
DRAG_DATA_DELETE,
DRAG_LEAVE,
DRAG_MOTION,
DRAG_DROP,
DRAG_DATA_GET,
DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED,
POPUP_MENU,
SHOW_HELP,
ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
SCREEN_CHANGED,
CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL,
COMPOSITED_CHANGED,
QUERY_TOOLTIP,
DRAG_FAILED,
STYLE_UPDATED,
LAST_SIGNAL
};
enum {
PROP_0,
PROP_NAME,
PROP_PARENT,
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
PROP_VISIBLE,
PROP_SENSITIVE,
PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
PROP_IS_FOCUS,
PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
PROP_STYLE,
PROP_EVENTS,
PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL,
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
PROP_WINDOW,
PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
PROP_HALIGN,
PROP_VALIGN,
PROP_MARGIN_LEFT,
PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT,
PROP_MARGIN_TOP,
PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM,
PROP_MARGIN,
PROP_HEXPAND,
PROP_VEXPAND,
PROP_HEXPAND_SET,
PROP_VEXPAND_SET,
PROP_EXPAND
};
typedef struct _GtkStateData GtkStateData;
enum {
STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE,
STATE_CHANGE_SET,
STATE_CHANGE_UNSET
};
struct _GtkStateData
{
guint flags : 6;
guint operation : 2;
guint parent_sensitive : 1;
guint use_forall : 1;
};
/* --- prototypes --- */
static void gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
static void gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass);
static void gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
const GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec);
static void gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec);
static void gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object);
static void gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object);
static void gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation);
static void gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStyle *previous_style);
static void gtk_widget_real_direction_changed(GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection previous_direction);
static void gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_tip,
GtkTooltip *tooltip);
static void gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidgetHelpType help_type);
static void gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *object,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static void gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction);
static PangoContext* gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateData *data);
;
static gint gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint *minimum_height,
gint *natural_height);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
gint height,
gint *minimum_width,
gint *natural_width);
static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface);
static AtkObject* gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor);
static void gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region);
static GdkScreen * gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget);
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id);
static void gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip,
gboolean force);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
const gchar *name);
static const gchar * gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable);
static GObject * gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *childname);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name,
const GValue *value);
static gboolean gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
GMarkupParser *parser,
gpointer *data);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
gpointer data);
static void gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size);
static void gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size);
static void gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget);
static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size);
static void gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size);
static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height,
GtkQueueResizeFlags flags);
static void gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gint events);
/* --- variables --- */
static gpointer gtk_widget_parent_class = NULL;
static guint widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
static GtkStyle *gtk_default_style = NULL;
static guint composite_child_stack = 0;
static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
static GParamSpecPool *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
static GQuark quark_property_parser = 0;
static GQuark quark_aux_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_accel_path = 0;
static GQuark quark_accel_closures = 0;
static GQuark quark_event_mask = 0;
static GQuark quark_device_event_mask = 0;
static GQuark quark_parent_window = 0;
static GQuark quark_pointer_window = 0;
static GQuark quark_shape_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_input_shape_info = 0;
static GQuark quark_pango_context = 0;
static GQuark quark_rc_style = 0;
static GQuark quark_accessible_object = 0;
static GQuark quark_mnemonic_labels = 0;
static GQuark quark_tooltip_markup = 0;
static GQuark quark_has_tooltip = 0;
static GQuark quark_tooltip_window = 0;
static GQuark quark_visual = 0;
static GQuark quark_modifier_style = 0;
GParamSpecPool *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
GObjectNotifyContext *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
/* --- functions --- */
GType
gtk_widget_get_type (void)
{
static GType widget_type = 0;
if (G_UNLIKELY (widget_type == 0))
{
const GTypeInfo widget_info =
{
sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
NULL, /* base_init */
(GBaseFinalizeFunc) gtk_widget_base_class_finalize,
(GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
NULL, /* class_finalize */
NULL, /* class_init */
sizeof (GtkWidget),
0, /* n_preallocs */
(GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
NULL, /* value_table */
};
const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
{
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
NULL /* interface data */
};
const GInterfaceInfo buildable_info =
{
(GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init,
(GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
NULL /* interface data */
};
widget_type = g_type_register_static (G_TYPE_INITIALLY_UNOWNED, "GtkWidget",
&widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
&accessibility_info) ;
g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, GTK_TYPE_BUILDABLE,
&buildable_info) ;
}
return widget_type;
}
static void
child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject *object,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs)
{
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
}
/* We guard against the draw signal callbacks modifying the state of the
* cairo context by surounding it with save/restore.
* Maybe we should also cairo_new_path() just to be sure?
*/
static void
gtk_widget_draw_marshaller (GClosure *closure,
GValue *return_value,
guint n_param_values,
const GValue *param_values,
gpointer invocation_hint,
gpointer marshal_data)
{
cairo_t *cr = g_value_get_boxed (&param_values[1]);
cairo_save (cr);
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED (closure,
return_value,
n_param_values,
param_values,
invocation_hint,
marshal_data);
cairo_restore (cr);
}
static void
gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
{
static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
gtk_widget_parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
quark_device_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-device-event-mask");
quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
quark_pointer_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pointer-window");
quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
quark_input_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-input-shape-info");
quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
quark_rc_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-style");
quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
quark_mnemonic_labels = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-mnemonic-labels");
quark_tooltip_markup = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-markup");
quark_has_tooltip = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-has-tooltip");
quark_tooltip_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-tooltip-window");
quark_visual = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-visual");
quark_modifier_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-widget-modifier-style");
style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
klass->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
klass->activate_signal = 0;
klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
klass->get_preferred_width = gtk_widget_real_get_width;
klass->get_preferred_height = gtk_widget_real_get_height;
klass->get_preferred_width_for_height = gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height;
klass->get_preferred_height_for_width = gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width;
klass->state_changed = NULL;
klass->parent_set = NULL;
klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
klass->style_set = gtk_widget_real_style_set;
klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_real_direction_changed;
klass->grab_notify = NULL;
klass->child_notify = NULL;
klass->draw = NULL;
klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
klass->move_focus = gtk_widget_real_move_focus;
klass->keynav_failed = gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed;
klass->event = NULL;
klass->button_press_event = NULL;
klass->button_release_event = NULL;
klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
klass->delete_event = NULL;
klass->destroy_event = NULL;
klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
klass->configure_event = NULL;
klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
klass->map_event = NULL;
klass->unmap_event = NULL;
klass->window_state_event = NULL;
klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
klass->selection_clear_event = _gtk_selection_clear;
klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
klass->selection_received = NULL;
klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
klass->drag_begin = NULL;
klass->drag_end = NULL;
klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
klass->drag_leave = NULL;
klass->drag_motion = NULL;
klass->drag_drop = NULL;
klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
klass->screen_changed = NULL;
klass->can_activate_accel = gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel;
klass->grab_broken_event = NULL;
klass->query_tooltip = gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip;
klass->style_updated = gtk_widget_real_style_updated;
klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
/* Accessibility support */
klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
klass->adjust_size_request = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request;
klass->adjust_size_allocation = gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation;
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_NAME,
g_param_spec_string ("name",
P_("Widget name"),
P_("The name of the widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_PARENT,
g_param_spec_object ("parent",
P_("Parent widget"),
P_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
GTK_TYPE_CONTAINER,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
g_param_spec_int ("width-request",
P_("Width request"),
P_("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
-1,
G_MAXINT,
-1,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
g_param_spec_int ("height-request",
P_("Height request"),
P_("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
-1,
G_MAXINT,
-1,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_VISIBLE,
g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
P_("Visible"),
P_("Whether the widget is visible"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_SENSITIVE,
g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
P_("Sensitive"),
P_("Whether the widget responds to input"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
g_param_spec_boolean ("app-paintable",
P_("Application paintable"),
P_("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-focus",
P_("Can focus"),
P_("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-focus",
P_("Has focus"),
P_("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_IS_FOCUS,
g_param_spec_boolean ("is-focus",
P_("Is focus"),
P_("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
g_param_spec_boolean ("can-default",
P_("Can default"),
P_("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-default",
P_("Has default"),
P_("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
g_param_spec_boolean ("receives-default",
P_("Receives default"),
P_("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
g_param_spec_boolean ("composite-child",
P_("Composite child"),
P_("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_STYLE,
g_param_spec_object ("style",
P_("Style"),
P_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
GTK_TYPE_STYLE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_EVENTS,
g_param_spec_flags ("events",
P_("Events"),
P_("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL,
g_param_spec_boolean ("no-show-all",
P_("No show all"),
P_("Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:has-tooltip:
*
* Enables or disables the emission of #GtkWidget::query-tooltip on @widget.
* A value of %TRUE indicates that @widget can have a tooltip, in this case
* the widget will be queried using #GtkWidget::query-tooltip to determine
* whether it will provide a tooltip or not.
*
* Note that setting this property to %TRUE for the first time will change
* the event masks of the GdkWindows of this widget to include leave-notify
* and motion-notify events. This cannot and will not be undone when the
* property is set to %FALSE again.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP,
g_param_spec_boolean ("has-tooltip",
P_("Has tooltip"),
P_("Whether this widget has a tooltip"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:tooltip-text:
*
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string.
*
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_text().
*
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT,
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-text",
P_("Tooltip Text"),
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:tooltip-markup:
*
* Sets the text of tooltip to be the given string, which is marked up
* with the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
* Also see gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
*
* This is a convenience property which will take care of getting the
* tooltip shown if the given string is not %NULL: #GtkWidget:has-tooltip
* will automatically be set to %TRUE and there will be taken care of
* #GtkWidget::query-tooltip in the default signal handler.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP,
g_param_spec_string ("tooltip-markup",
P_("Tooltip markup"),
P_("The contents of the tooltip for this widget"),
NULL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:window:
*
* The widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_WINDOW,
g_param_spec_object ("window",
P_("Window"),
P_("The widget's window if it is realized"),
GDK_TYPE_WINDOW,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:double-buffered
*
* Whether the widget is double buffered.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED,
g_param_spec_boolean ("double-buffered",
P_("Double Buffered"),
P_("Whether the widget is double buffered"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:halign:
*
* How to distribute horizontal space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HALIGN,
g_param_spec_enum ("halign",
P_("Horizontal Alignment"),
P_("How to position in extra horizontal space"),
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:valign:
*
* How to distribute vertical space if widget gets extra space, see #GtkAlign
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_VALIGN,
g_param_spec_enum ("valign",
P_("Vertical Alignment"),
P_("How to position in extra vertical space"),
GTK_TYPE_ALIGN,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-left
*
* Margin on left side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARGIN_LEFT,
g_param_spec_int ("margin-left",
P_("Margin on Left"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the left side"),
0,
G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-right
*
* Margin on right side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT,
g_param_spec_int ("margin-right",
P_("Margin on Right"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the right side"),
0,
G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-top
*
* Margin on top side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARGIN_TOP,
g_param_spec_int ("margin-top",
P_("Margin on Top"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the top side"),
0,
G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:margin-bottom
*
* Margin on bottom side of widget.
*
* This property adds margin outside of the widget's normal size
* request, the margin will be added in addition to the size from
* gtk_widget_set_size_request() for example.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM,
g_param_spec_int ("margin-bottom",
P_("Margin on Bottom"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"),
0,
G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:margin
*
* Sets all four sides' margin at once. If read, returns max
* margin on any side.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_MARGIN,
g_param_spec_int ("margin",
P_("All Margins"),
P_("Pixels of extra space on all four sides"),
0,
G_MAXINT16,
0,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget::destroy:
* @object: the object which received the signal
*
* Signals that all holders of a reference to the widget should release
* the reference that they hold. May result in finalization of the widget
* if all references are released.
*/
widget_signals[DESTROY] =
g_signal_new (I_("destroy"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_CLEANUP | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget:hexpand
*
* Whether to expand horizontally. See gtk_widget_set_hexpand().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HEXPAND,
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand",
P_("Horizontal Expand"),
P_("Whether widget wants more horizontal space"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:hexpand-set
*
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:hexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_HEXPAND_SET,
g_param_spec_boolean ("hexpand-set",
P_("Horizontal Expand Set"),
P_("Whether to use the hexpand property"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:vexpand
*
* Whether to expand vertically. See gtk_widget_set_vexpand().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_VEXPAND,
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand",
P_("Vertical Expand"),
P_("Whether widget wants more vertical space"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:vexpand-set
*
* Whether to use the #GtkWidget:vexpand property. See gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_VEXPAND_SET,
g_param_spec_boolean ("vexpand-set",
P_("Vertical Expand Set"),
P_("Whether to use the vexpand property"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget:expand
*
* Whether to expand in both directions. Setting this sets both #GtkWidget:hexpand and #GtkWidget:vexpand
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
PROP_EXPAND,
g_param_spec_boolean ("expand",
P_("Expand Both"),
P_("Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READWRITE));
/**
* GtkWidget::show:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[SHOW] =
g_signal_new (I_("show"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::hide:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[HIDE] =
g_signal_new (I_("hide"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::map:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[MAP] =
g_signal_new (I_("map"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::unmap:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[UNMAP] =
g_signal_new (I_("unmap"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::realize:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[REALIZE] =
g_signal_new (I_("realize"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::unrealize:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
g_signal_new (I_("unrealize"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::size-allocate:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @allocation:
*/
widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("size-allocate"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::state-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @state: the previous state
*
* The ::state-changed signal is emitted when the widget state changes.
* See gtk_widget_get_state().
*
* Deprecated: 3.0. Use #GtkWidget::state-flags-changed instead.
*/
widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("state-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::state-flags-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @flags: The previous state flags.
*
* The ::state-flags-changed signal is emitted when the widget state
* changes, see gtk_widget_get_state_flags().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("state-flags-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_flags_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__FLAGS,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_STATE_FLAGS);
/**
* GtkWidget::parent-set:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @old_parent: (allow-none): the previous parent, or %NULL if the widget
* just got its initial parent.
*
* The ::parent-set signal is emitted when a new parent
* has been set on a widget.
*/
widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
g_signal_new (I_("parent-set"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
/**
* GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_toplevel: (allow-none): the previous toplevel ancestor, or %NULL
* if the widget was previously unanchored
*
* The ::hierarchy-changed signal is emitted when the
* anchored state of a widget changes. A widget is
* <firstterm>anchored</firstterm> when its toplevel
* ancestor is a #GtkWindow. This signal is emitted when
* a widget changes from un-anchored to anchored or vice-versa.
*/
widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("hierarchy-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
/**
* GtkWidget::style-set:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_style: (allow-none): the previous style, or %NULL if the widget
* just got its initial style
*
* The ::style-set signal is emitted when a new style has been set
* on a widget. Note that style-modifying functions like
* gtk_widget_modify_base() also cause this signal to be emitted.
*
* Note that this signal is emitted for changes to the deprecated
* #GtkStyle. To track changes to the #GtkStyleContext associated
* with a widget, use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use the #GtkWidget::style-updated signal
*/
widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
g_signal_new (I_("style-set"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_STYLE);
/**
* GtkWidget::style-updated:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
*
* The ::style-updated signal is emitted when the #GtkStyleContext
* of a widget is changed. Note that style-modifying functions like
* gtk_widget_override_color() also cause this signal to be emitted.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED] =
g_signal_new (I_("style-updated"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_updated),
NULL, NULL,
g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::direction-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_direction: the previous text direction of @widget
*
* The ::direction-changed signal is emitted when the text direction
* of a widget changes.
*/
widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("direction-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-notify:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @was_grabbed: %FALSE if the widget becomes shadowed, %TRUE
* if it becomes unshadowed
*
* The ::grab-notify signal is emitted when a widget becomes
* shadowed by a GTK+ grab (not a pointer or keyboard grab) on
* another widget, or when it becomes unshadowed due to a grab
* being removed.
*
* A widget is shadowed by a gtk_grab_add() when the topmost
* grab widget in the grab stack of its window group is not
* its ancestor.
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-notify"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
/**
* GtkWidget::child-notify:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec of the changed child property
*
* The ::child-notify signal is emitted for each
* <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> that has
* changed on an object. The signal's detail holds the property name.
*/
widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
g_signal_new (I_("child-notify"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
NULL, NULL,
g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
G_TYPE_PARAM);
/**
* GtkWidget::draw:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @cr: the cairo context to draw to
*
* This signal is emitted when a widget is supposed to render itself.
* The @widget's top left corner must be painted at the origin of
* the passed in context and be sized to the values returned by
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_width() and
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_height().
*
* Signal handlers connected to this signal can modify the cairo
* context passed as @cr in any way they like and don't need to
* restore it. The signal emission takes care of calling cairo_save()
* before and cairo_restore() after invoking the handler.
*/
widget_signals[DRAW] =
g_signal_new (I_("draw"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, draw),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
gtk_widget_draw_marshaller,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
CAIRO_GOBJECT_TYPE_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @arg1:
*/
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
g_signal_new (I_("mnemonic-activate"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @direction:
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::move-focus:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @direction:
*/
widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS] =
g_signal_new (I_("move-focus"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, move_focus),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
G_TYPE_NONE,
1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::keynav-failed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @direction: the direction of movement
*
* Gets emitted if keyboard navigation fails.
* See gtk_widget_keynav_failed() for details.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED] =
g_signal_new (I_("keynav-failed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, keynav_failed),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
*
* The GTK+ main loop will emit three signals for each GDK event delivered
* to a widget: one generic ::event signal, another, more specific,
* signal that matches the type of event delivered (e.g.
* #GtkWidget::key-press-event) and finally a generic
* #GtkWidget::event-after signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event
* and to cancel the emission of the second specific ::event signal.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further and to allow the emission of
* the second signal. The ::event-after signal is emitted regardless of
* the return value.
*/
widget_signals[EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::event-after:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the #GdkEvent which triggered this signal
*
* After the emission of the #GtkWidget::event signal and (optionally)
* the second more specific signal, ::event-after will be emitted
* regardless of the previous two signals handlers return values.
*
*/
widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
g_signal_new (I_("event-after"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
0,
0,
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::button-press-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::button-press-event signal will be emitted when a button
* (typically from a mouse) is pressed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
* widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("button-press-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::button-release-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventButton): the #GdkEventButton which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::button-release-event signal will be emitted when a button
* (typically from a mouse) is released.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the
* widget needs to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("button-release-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::scroll-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventScroll): the #GdkEventScroll which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::scroll-event signal is emitted when a button in the 4 to 7
* range is pressed. Wheel mice are usually configured to generate
* button press events for buttons 4 and 5 when the wheel is turned.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_BUTTON_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("scroll-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::motion-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: (type Gdk.EventMotion): the #GdkEventMotion which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::motion-notify-event signal is emitted when the pointer moves
* over the widget's #GdkWindow.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
* needs to enable the #GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("motion-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::composited-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
*
* The ::composited-changed signal is emitted when the composited
* status of @widget<!-- -->s screen changes.
* See gdk_screen_is_composited().
*/
widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("composited-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, composited_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::delete-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the event which triggered this signal
*
* The ::delete-event signal is emitted if a user requests that
* a toplevel window is closed. The default handler for this signal
* destroys the window. Connecting gtk_widget_hide_on_delete() to
* this signal will cause the window to be hidden instead, so that
* it can later be shown again without reconstructing it.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("delete-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::destroy-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event: the event which triggered this signal
*
* The ::destroy-event signal is emitted when a #GdkWindow is destroyed.
* You rarely get this signal, because most widgets disconnect themselves
* from their window before they destroy it, so no widget owns the
* window at destroy time.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("destroy-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::key-press-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
*
* The ::key-press-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_PRESS_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("key-press-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::key-release-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventKey): the #GdkEventKey which triggered this signal.
*
* The ::key-release-event signal is emitted when a key is pressed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_KEY_RELEASE_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("key-release-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::enter-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::enter-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer enters
* the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("enter-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::leave-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventCrossing): the #GdkEventCrossing which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::leave-notify-event will be emitted when the pointer leaves
* the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("leave-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::configure-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventConfigure): the #GdkEventConfigure which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::configure-event signal will be emitted when the size, position or
* stacking of the @widget's window has changed.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("configure-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus-in-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::focus-in-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
* enters the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus-in-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::focus-out-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventFocus): the #GdkEventFocus which triggered this
* signal.
*
* The ::focus-out-event signal will be emitted when the keyboard focus
* leaves the @widget's window.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("focus-out-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::map-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal.
*
* The ::map-event signal will be emitted when the @widget's window is
* mapped. A window is mapped when it becomes visible on the screen.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("map-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::unmap-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventAny): the #GdkEventAny which triggered this signal
*
* The ::unmap-event signal may be emitted when the @widget's window is
* unmapped. A window is unmapped when it becomes invisible on the screen.
*
* For performance reasons GTK+ may not emit ::unmap-event, so one
* should always also implement ::unrealize in order to release
* resources and disconnect signal handlers.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable this mask
* automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("unmap-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::property-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventProperty): the #GdkEventProperty which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::property-notify-event signal will be emitted when a property on
* the @widget's window has been changed or deleted.
*
* To receive this signal, the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROPERTY_CHANGE_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("property-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-clear-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::selection-clear-event signal will be emitted when the
* the @widget's window has lost ownership of a selection.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-clear-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-request-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventSelection): the #GdkEventSelection which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::selection-request-event signal will be emitted when
* another client requests ownership of the selection owned by
* the @widget's window.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-request-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @event:
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-received:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @data:
* @time:
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-received"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::selection-get:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @data:
* @info:
* @time:
*/
widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
g_signal_new (I_("selection-get"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 3,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::proximity-in-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
* this signal.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_IN_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("proximity-in-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::proximity-out-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventProximity): the #GdkEventProximity which triggered
* this signal.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT_MASK mask.
*
* This signal will be sent to the grab widget if there is one.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("proximity-out-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-leave:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
*
* The ::drag-leave signal is emitted on the drop site when the cursor
* leaves the widget. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to
* undo things done in #GtkWidget::drag-motion, e.g. undo highlighting
* with gtk_drag_unhighlight()
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-leave"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-begin:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-begin signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
* started. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to set up a
* custom drag icon with gtk_drag_source_set_icon().
*
* Note that some widgets set up a drag icon in the default handler of
* this signal, so you may have to use g_signal_connect_after() to
* override what the default handler did.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-begin"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-end:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-end signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag is
* finished. A typical reason to connect to this signal is to undo
* things done in #GtkWidget::drag-begin.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-end"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-delete:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
*
* The ::drag-data-delete signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag
* with the action %GDK_ACTION_MOVE is successfully completed. The signal
* handler is responsible for deleting the data that has been dropped. What
* "delete" means depends on the context of the drag operation.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-delete"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-failed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @result: the result of the drag operation
*
* The ::drag-failed signal is emitted on the drag source when a drag has
* failed. The signal handler may hook custom code to handle a failed DND
* operation based on the type of error, it returns %TRUE is the failure has
* been already handled (not showing the default "drag operation failed"
* animation), otherwise it returns %FALSE.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the failed drag operation has been already handled.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_FAILED] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-failed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
0, _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 2,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
GTK_TYPE_DRAG_RESULT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-motion:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
* @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
*
* The drag-motion signal is emitted on the drop site when the user
* moves the cursor over the widget during a drag. The signal handler
* must determine whether the cursor position is in a drop zone or not.
* If it is not in a drop zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing
* is necessary. Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the
* handler is responsible for providing the necessary information for
* displaying feedback to the user, by calling gdk_drag_status().
*
* If the decision whether the drop will be accepted or rejected can't be
* made based solely on the cursor position and the type of the data, the
* handler may inspect the dragged data by calling gtk_drag_get_data() and
* defer the gdk_drag_status() call to the #GtkWidget::drag-data-received
* handler. Note that you cannot not pass #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_DROP,
* #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_MOTION or #GTK_DEST_DEFAULT_ALL to gtk_drag_dest_set()
* when using the drag-motion signal that way.
*
* Also note that there is no drag-enter signal. The drag receiver has to
* keep track of whether he has received any drag-motion signals since the
* last #GtkWidget::drag-leave and if not, treat the drag-motion signal as
* an "enter" signal. Upon an "enter", the handler will typically highlight
* the drop site with gtk_drag_highlight().
* |[
* static void
* drag_motion (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* guint time)
* {
* GdkAtom target;
*
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
*
* if (!private_data->drag_highlight)
* {
* private_data->drag_highlight = 1;
* gtk_drag_highlight (widget);
* }
*
* target = gtk_drag_dest_find_target (widget, context, NULL);
* if (target == GDK_NONE)
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
* else
* {
* private_data->pending_status = context->suggested_action;
* gtk_drag_get_data (widget, context, target, time);
* }
*
* return TRUE;
* }
*
* static void
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* GtkSelectionData *selection_data,
* guint info,
* guint time)
* {
* PrivateData *private_data = GET_PRIVATE_DATA (widget);
*
* if (private_data->suggested_action)
* {
* private_data->suggested_action = 0;
*
* /&ast; We are getting this data due to a request in drag_motion,
* * rather than due to a request in drag_drop, so we are just
* * supposed to call gdk_drag_status (), not actually paste in
* * the data.
* &ast;/
* str = gtk_selection_data_get_text (selection_data);
* if (!data_is_acceptable (str))
* gdk_drag_status (context, 0, time);
* else
* gdk_drag_status (context, private_data->suggested_action, time);
* }
* else
* {
* /&ast; accept the drop &ast;/
* }
* }
* ]|
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-motion"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-drop:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @x: the x coordinate of the current cursor position
* @y: the y coordinate of the current cursor position
* @time: the timestamp of the motion event
* @returns: whether the cursor position is in a drop zone
*
* The ::drag-drop signal is emitted on the drop site when the user drops
* the data onto the widget. The signal handler must determine whether
* the cursor position is in a drop zone or not. If it is not in a drop
* zone, it returns %FALSE and no further processing is necessary.
* Otherwise, the handler returns %TRUE. In this case, the handler must
* ensure that gtk_drag_finish() is called to let the source know that
* the drop is done. The call to gtk_drag_finish() can be done either
* directly or in a #GtkWidget::drag-data-received handler which gets
* triggered by calling gtk_drag_get_data() to receive the data for one
* or more of the supported targets.
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-drop"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-get:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @data: the #GtkSelectionData to be filled with the dragged data
* @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
* #GtkTargetList
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was requested
*
* The ::drag-data-get signal is emitted on the drag source when the drop
* site requests the data which is dragged. It is the responsibility of
* the signal handler to fill @data with the data in the format which
* is indicated by @info. See gtk_selection_data_set() and
* gtk_selection_data_set_text().
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-get"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 4,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::drag-data-received:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @drag_context: the drag context
* @x: where the drop happened
* @y: where the drop happened
* @data: the received data
* @info: the info that has been registered with the target in the
* #GtkTargetList
* @time: the timestamp at which the data was received
*
* The ::drag-data-received signal is emitted on the drop site when the
* dragged data has been received. If the data was received in order to
* determine whether the drop will be accepted, the handler is expected
* to call gdk_drag_status() and <emphasis>not</emphasis> finish the drag.
* If the data was received in response to a #GtkWidget::drag-drop signal
* (and this is the last target to be received), the handler for this
* signal is expected to process the received data and then call
* gtk_drag_finish(), setting the @success parameter depending on whether
* the data was processed successfully.
*
* The handler may inspect and modify @drag_context->action before calling
* gtk_drag_finish(), e.g. to implement %GDK_ACTION_ASK as shown in the
* following example:
* |[
* void
* drag_data_received (GtkWidget *widget,
* GdkDragContext *drag_context,
* gint x,
* gint y,
* GtkSelectionData *data,
* guint info,
* guint time)
* {
* if ((data->length >= 0) && (data->format == 8))
* {
* if (drag_context->action == GDK_ACTION_ASK)
* {
* GtkWidget *dialog;
* gint response;
*
* dialog = gtk_message_dialog_new (NULL,
* GTK_DIALOG_MODAL |
* GTK_DIALOG_DESTROY_WITH_PARENT,
* GTK_MESSAGE_INFO,
* GTK_BUTTONS_YES_NO,
* "Move the data ?\n");
* response = gtk_dialog_run (GTK_DIALOG (dialog));
* gtk_widget_destroy (dialog);
*
* if (response == GTK_RESPONSE_YES)
* drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_MOVE;
* else
* drag_context->action = GDK_ACTION_COPY;
* }
*
* gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, TRUE, FALSE, time);
* return;
* }
*
* gtk_drag_finish (drag_context, FALSE, FALSE, time);
* }
* ]|
*/
widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
g_signal_new (I_("drag-data-received"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 6,
GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
G_TYPE_UINT,
G_TYPE_UINT);
/**
* GtkWidget::visibility-notify-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventVisibility): the #GdkEventVisibility which
* triggered this signal.
*
* The ::visibility-notify-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
* is obscured or unobscured.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget needs
* to enable the #GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_MASK mask.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("visibility-notify-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::client-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventClient): the #GdkEventClient which triggered
* this signal.
*
* The ::client-event will be emitted when the @widget's window
* receives a message (via a ClientMessage event) from another
* application.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
* the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[CLIENT_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("client-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, client_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::window-state-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: (type Gdk.EventWindowState): the #GdkEventWindowState which
* triggered this signal.
*
* The ::window-state-event will be emitted when the state of the
* toplevel window associated to the @widget changes.
*
* To receive this signal the #GdkWindow associated to the widget
* needs to enable the #GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK mask. GDK will enable
* this mask automatically for all new windows.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the
* event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*/
widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("window-state-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::damage-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventExpose event
*
* Emitted when a redirected window belonging to @widget gets drawn into.
* The region/area members of the event shows what area of the redirected
* drawable was drawn into.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for the event.
* %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
widget_signals[DAMAGE_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("damage-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, damage_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::grab-broken-event:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @event: the #GdkEventGrabBroken event
*
* Emitted when a pointer or keyboard grab on a window belonging
* to @widget gets broken.
*
* On X11, this happens when the grab window becomes unviewable
* (i.e. it or one of its ancestors is unmapped), or if the same
* application grabs the pointer or keyboard again.
*
* Returns: %TRUE to stop other handlers from being invoked for
* the event. %FALSE to propagate the event further.
*
* Since: 2.8
*/
widget_signals[GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT] =
g_signal_new (I_("grab-broken-event"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_broken_event),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::query-tooltip:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @x: the x coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
* been emitted, relative to @widget->window
* @y: the y coordinate of the cursor position where the request has
* been emitted, relative to @widget->window
* @keyboard_mode: %TRUE if the tooltip was trigged using the keyboard
* @tooltip: a #GtkTooltip
*
* Emitted when #GtkWidget:has-tooltip is %TRUE and the #GtkSettings:gtk-tooltip-timeout
* has expired with the cursor hovering "above" @widget; or emitted when @widget got
* focus in keyboard mode.
*
* Using the given coordinates, the signal handler should determine
* whether a tooltip should be shown for @widget. If this is the case
* %TRUE should be returned, %FALSE otherwise. Note that if
* @keyboard_mode is %TRUE, the values of @x and @y are undefined and
* should not be used.
*
* The signal handler is free to manipulate @tooltip with the therefore
* destined function calls.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @tooltip should be shown right now, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
widget_signals[QUERY_TOOLTIP] =
g_signal_new (I_("query-tooltip"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, query_tooltip),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__INT_INT_BOOLEAN_OBJECT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_INT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN,
GTK_TYPE_TOOLTIP);
/**
* GtkWidget::popup-menu
* @widget: the object which received the signal
*
* This signal gets emitted whenever a widget should pop up a context
* menu. This usually happens through the standard key binding mechanism;
* by pressing a certain key while a widget is focused, the user can cause
* the widget to pop up a menu. For example, the #GtkEntry widget creates
* a menu with clipboard commands. See <xref linkend="checklist-popup-menu"/>
* for an example of how to use this signal.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if a menu was activated
*/
widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
g_signal_new (I_("popup-menu"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::show-help:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
* @help_type:
*/
widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
g_signal_new (I_("show-help"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
/**
* GtkWidget::accel-closures-changed:
* @widget: the object which received the signal.
*/
widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("accel-closures-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
0,
0,
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
/**
* GtkWidget::screen-changed:
* @widget: the object on which the signal is emitted
* @previous_screen: (allow-none): the previous screen, or %NULL if the
* widget was not associated with a screen before
*
* The ::screen-changed signal gets emitted when the
* screen of a widget has changed.
*/
widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
g_signal_new (I_("screen-changed"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
NULL, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
GDK_TYPE_SCREEN);
/**
* GtkWidget::can-activate-accel:
* @widget: the object which received the signal
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
*
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
* This signal is present to allow applications and derived
* widgets to override the default #GtkWidget handling
* for determining whether an accelerator can be activated.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal can be activated.
*/
widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL] =
g_signal_new (I_("can-activate-accel"),
G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (klass),
G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, can_activate_accel),
_gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
_gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__UINT,
G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1, G_TYPE_UINT);
binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
"popup-menu", 0);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_Menu, 0,
"popup-menu", 0);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KEY_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
"show-help", 1,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boolean ("interior-focus",
P_("Interior Focus"),
P_("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
TRUE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
P_("Focus linewidth"),
P_("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
0, G_MAXINT, 1,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
P_("Focus line dash pattern"),
P_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
"\1\1",
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
P_("Focus padding"),
P_("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
0, G_MAXINT, 1,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
P_("Cursor color"),
P_("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
P_("Secondary cursor color"),
P_("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
P_("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
P_("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
0.0, 1.0, 0.04,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boolean ("window-dragging",
P_("Window dragging"),
P_("Whether windows can be dragged by clicking on empty areas"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:link-color:
*
* The "link-color" style property defines the color of unvisited links.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("link-color",
P_("Unvisited Link Color"),
P_("Color of unvisited links"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:visited-link-color:
*
* The "visited-link-color" style property defines the color of visited links.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boxed ("visited-link-color",
P_("Visited Link Color"),
P_("Color of visited links"),
GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:wide-separators:
*
* The "wide-separators" style property defines whether separators have
* configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_boolean ("wide-separators",
P_("Wide Separators"),
P_("Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a box instead of a line"),
FALSE,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:separator-width:
*
* The "separator-width" style property defines the width of separators.
* This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("separator-width",
P_("Separator Width"),
P_("The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"),
0, G_MAXINT, 0,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:separator-height:
*
* The "separator-height" style property defines the height of separators.
* This property only takes effect if #GtkWidget:wide-separators is %TRUE.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("separator-height",
P_("Separator Height"),
P_("The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"),
0, G_MAXINT, 0,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-hlength:
*
* The "scroll-arrow-hlength" style property defines the length of
* horizontal scroll arrows.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-hlength",
P_("Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"),
P_("The length of horizontal scroll arrows"),
1, G_MAXINT, 16,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
/**
* GtkWidget:scroll-arrow-vlength:
*
* The "scroll-arrow-vlength" style property defines the length of
* vertical scroll arrows.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
g_param_spec_int ("scroll-arrow-vlength",
P_("Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"),
P_("The length of vertical scroll arrows"),
1, G_MAXINT, 16,
GTK_PARAM_READABLE));
g_type_class_add_private (klass, sizeof (GtkWidgetPrivate));
}
static void
gtk_widget_base_class_finalize (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
{
GList *list, *node;
list = g_param_spec_pool_list_owned (style_property_spec_pool, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
for (node = list; node; node = node->next)
{
GParamSpec *pspec = node->data;
g_param_spec_pool_remove (style_property_spec_pool, pspec);
g_param_spec_unref (pspec);
}
g_list_free (list);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
const GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
switch (prop_id)
{
gboolean tmp;
gchar *tooltip_markup;
const gchar *tooltip_text;
GtkWindow *tooltip_window;
case PROP_NAME:
gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
break;
case PROP_PARENT:
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
break;
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2, 0);
break;
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value), 0);
break;
case PROP_VISIBLE:
gtk_widget_set_visible (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
break;
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
break;
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
gtk_widget_set_can_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
break;
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_STYLE:
gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
break;
case PROP_EVENTS:
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
break;
case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
g_value_get_boolean (value), FALSE);
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
tooltip_markup = g_value_dup_string (value);
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
*/
if (tooltip_markup && (strlen (tooltip_markup) == 0))
{
g_free (tooltip_markup);
tooltip_markup = NULL;
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
tooltip_markup, g_free);
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
tooltip_window = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_window);
tooltip_text = g_value_get_string (value);
/* Treat an empty string as a NULL string,
* because an empty string would be useless for a tooltip:
*/
if (tooltip_text && (strlen (tooltip_text) == 0))
tooltip_text = NULL;
tooltip_markup = tooltip_text ? g_markup_escape_text (tooltip_text, -1) : NULL;
g_object_set_qdata_full (object, quark_tooltip_markup,
tooltip_markup, g_free);
tmp = (tooltip_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, tmp, FALSE);
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
break;
case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HALIGN:
gtk_widget_set_halign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
break;
case PROP_VALIGN:
gtk_widget_set_valign (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN:
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
gtk_widget_set_margin_left (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_right (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (widget, g_value_get_int (value));
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND:
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND:
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
break;
case PROP_EXPAND:
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
break;
default:
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
break;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_get_property (GObject *object,
guint prop_id,
GValue *value,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
switch (prop_id)
{
gpointer *eventp;
case PROP_NAME:
if (priv->name)
g_value_set_string (value, priv->name);
else
g_value_set_static_string (value, "");
break;
case PROP_PARENT:
g_value_set_object (value, priv->parent);
break;
case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
{
int w;
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
g_value_set_int (value, w);
}
break;
case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
{
int h;
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
g_value_set_int (value, h);
}
break;
case PROP_VISIBLE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_SENSITIVE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_sensitive (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_focus (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
break;
case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_has_default (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_get_receives_default (widget) != FALSE));
break;
case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
g_value_set_boolean (value, widget->priv->composite_child);
break;
case PROP_STYLE:
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
break;
case PROP_EVENTS:
eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
g_value_set_flags (value, GPOINTER_TO_INT (eventp));
break;
case PROP_NO_SHOW_ALL:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget));
break;
case PROP_HAS_TOOLTIP:
g_value_set_boolean (value, GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_has_tooltip)));
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_TEXT:
{
gchar *escaped = g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup);
gchar *text = NULL;
if (escaped && !pango_parse_markup (escaped, -1, 0, NULL, &text, NULL, NULL))
g_assert (NULL == text); /* text should still be NULL in case of markup errors */
g_value_take_string (value, text);
}
break;
case PROP_TOOLTIP_MARKUP:
g_value_set_string (value, g_object_get_qdata (object, quark_tooltip_markup));
break;
case PROP_WINDOW:
g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_window (widget));
break;
case PROP_DOUBLE_BUFFERED:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (widget));
break;
case PROP_HALIGN:
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_halign (widget));
break;
case PROP_VALIGN:
g_value_set_enum (value, gtk_widget_get_valign (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_LEFT:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_left (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_RIGHT:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_right (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_TOP:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_top (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN_BOTTOM:
g_value_set_int (value, gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (widget));
break;
case PROP_MARGIN:
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
if (aux_info == NULL)
{
g_value_set_int (value, 0);
}
else
{
g_value_set_int (value, MAX (MAX (aux_info->margin.left,
aux_info->margin.right),
MAX (aux_info->margin.top,
aux_info->margin.bottom)));
}
}
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget));
break;
case PROP_HEXPAND_SET:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (widget));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
break;
case PROP_VEXPAND_SET:
g_value_set_boolean (value, gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (widget));
break;
case PROP_EXPAND:
g_value_set_boolean (value,
gtk_widget_get_hexpand (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_vexpand (widget));
break;
default:
G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
break;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
widget->priv = G_TYPE_INSTANCE_GET_PRIVATE (widget,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
GtkWidgetPrivate);
priv = widget->priv;
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
priv->name = NULL;
priv->allocation.x = -1;
priv->allocation.y = -1;
priv->allocation.width = 1;
priv->allocation.height = 1;
priv->window = NULL;
priv->parent = NULL;
priv->sensitive = TRUE;
priv->parent_sensitive = TRUE;
priv->composite_child = composite_child_stack != 0;
priv->double_buffered = TRUE;
priv->redraw_on_alloc = TRUE;
priv->width_request_needed = TRUE;
priv->height_request_needed = TRUE;
priv->alloc_needed = TRUE;
/* this will be set to TRUE if the widget gets a child or if the
* expand flag is set on the widget, but until one of those happen
* we know the expand is already properly FALSE.
*
* We really want to default FALSE here to avoid computing expand
* all over the place while initially building a widget tree.
*/
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
g_object_ref (priv->style);
}
static void
gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
guint n_pspecs,
GParamSpec **pspecs)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkWidget *container = priv->parent;
guint i;
for (i = 0; widget->priv->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Stops emission of #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget. The
* signals are queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called
* on @widget.
*
* This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
**/
void
gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the
* class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent
*
* Emits a #GtkWidget::child-notify signal for the
* <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property
* on @widget.
*
* This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
**/
void
gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *child_property)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GParamSpec *pspec;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (child_property != NULL);
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count || !priv->parent)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (_gtk_widget_child_property_pool,
child_property,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (priv->parent),
TRUE);
if (!pspec)
g_warning ("%s: container class `%s' has no child property named `%s'",
G_STRLOC,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (priv->parent),
child_property);
else
{
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
g_object_notify_queue_add (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue, pspec);
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
* This causes all queued #GtkWidget::child-notify signals on @widget to be
* emitted.
*/
void
gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
else
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_new:
* @type: type ID of the widget to create
* @first_property_name: name of first property to set
* @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties,
* %NULL-terminated
*
* This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
* its properties in one go. For example you might write:
* <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
* 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
* g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
* cast the object yourself.
*
* Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_new (GType type,
const gchar *first_property_name,
...)
{
GtkWidget *widget;
va_list var_args;
g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
va_end (var_args);
return widget;
}
static inline void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkWidget *parent;
parent = priv->parent;
if (parent && gtk_widget_is_drawable (parent))
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
priv->allocation.x,
priv->allocation.y,
priv->allocation.width,
priv->allocation.height);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unparent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
* Should be called by implementations of the remove method
* on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
**/
void
gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GtkWidget *old_parent;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->parent == NULL)
return;
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach()
*/
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
if (gtk_container_get_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)) == widget)
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), NULL);
/* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
* to emit hierarchy changed
*/
if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
g_object_ref (toplevel);
else
toplevel = NULL;
gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
/* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
* get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
* allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
* (would 0x0 be OK here?)
*/
priv->allocation.width = 1;
priv->allocation.height = 1;
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
if (priv->in_reparent)
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
else
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
}
/* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
* flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
* in the next parent.
*/
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
old_parent = priv->parent;
priv->parent = NULL;
gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
/* parent may no longer expand if the removed
* child was expand=TRUE and could therefore
* be forcing it to.
*/
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
priv->computed_vexpand))
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (old_parent);
}
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
if (toplevel)
{
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
g_object_unref (toplevel);
}
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
if (!priv->parent)
g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_destroy:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Destroys a widget.
*
* When a widget is
* destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
* If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
* from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
* #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
* reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
* widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
* widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
* to the widget with g_object_ref().
*
* In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
* destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
* be destroyed as well.
**/
void
gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!widget->priv->in_destruction)
g_object_run_dispose (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_destroyed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_pointer: (inout) (transfer none): address of a variable that contains @widget
*
* This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
* %NULL. It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
* "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
* as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
* as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
* be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
* of the same dialog.
**/
void
gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget **widget_pointer)
{
/* Don't make any assumptions about the
* value of widget!
* Even check widget_pointer.
*/
if (widget_pointer)
*widget_pointer = NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
* not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
* container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
* container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
*
* Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
* in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
*
* When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
* mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
* toplevel container is realized and mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
g_object_ref (widget);
if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
/* see comment in set_parent() for why this should and can be
* conditional
*/
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
{
if (widget->priv->parent != NULL)
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget->priv->parent);
}
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
priv->visible = TRUE;
if (priv->parent &&
gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
{
*flag = TRUE;
g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
gtk_widget_show_map_callback,
flag);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show_now:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
* (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
* loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
* because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
* this function.
**/
void
gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gint flag = FALSE;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* make sure we will get event */
if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget) &&
gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
{
gtk_widget_show (widget);
g_signal_connect (widget, "map-event",
G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback),
&flag);
while (!flag)
gtk_main_iteration ();
}
else
gtk_widget_show (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_hide:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
* hidden (invisible to the user).
**/
void
gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
g_object_ref (widget);
if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
/* a parent may now be expand=FALSE since we're hidden. */
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand ||
widget->priv->computed_hexpand ||
widget->priv->computed_vexpand)
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
}
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
if (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
widget->priv->visible = FALSE;
if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Utility function; intended to be connected to the #GtkWidget::delete-event
* signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
* argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to ::delete-event, the
* result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
* window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
* the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when ::delete-event
* is received.
*
* Return value: %TRUE
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_show_all:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
* a container).
**/
void
gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetClass *class;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (widget))
return;
class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
if (class->show_all)
class->show_all (widget);
}
static void
_gtk_widget_notify_state_change (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flag,
gboolean target)
{
GtkStateType state;
switch (flag)
{
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE:
state = GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT:
state = GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED:
state = GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE:
state = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT:
state = GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED:
state = GTK_STATE_FOCUSED;
break;
default:
return;
}
gtk_style_context_notify_state_change (widget->priv->context,
gtk_widget_get_window (widget),
NULL, state, target);
}
/* Initializes state transitions for those states that
* were enabled before mapping and have a looping animation.
*/
static void
_gtk_widget_start_state_transitions (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkStateFlags state, flag;
if (!widget->priv->context)
return;
state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
flag = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
while (flag)
{
GtkAnimationDescription *animation_desc;
if ((state & flag) == 0)
{
flag >>= 1;
continue;
}
gtk_style_context_get (widget->priv->context, state,
"transition", &animation_desc,
NULL);
if (animation_desc)
{
if (_gtk_animation_description_get_loop (animation_desc))
_gtk_widget_notify_state_change (widget, flag, TRUE);
_gtk_animation_description_unref (animation_desc);
}
flag >>= 1;
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_map:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
* a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
**/
void
gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
_gtk_widget_start_state_transitions (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unmap:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
* a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_invalidate_rect (priv->window, &priv->allocation, FALSE);
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
}
}
static void
_gtk_widget_enable_device_events (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GHashTable *device_events;
GHashTableIter iter;
gpointer key, value;
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (!device_events)
return;
g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_events);
while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
{
GdkDevice *device;
GdkEventMask event_mask;
device = key;
event_mask = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (value);
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, event_mask);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_realize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
* widget. For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
* is realized. Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
* a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
* realized and mapped automatically.
*
* Realizing a widget requires all
* the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
* gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
* @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
* when you realize it, bad things will happen.
*
* This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
* isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
* need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
* called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
* #GtkWidget::expose-event. Or simply g_signal_connect () to the
* #GtkWidget::realize signal.
**/
void
gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
cairo_region_t *region;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->anchored ||
GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
/*
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
*/
if (priv->parent == NULL &&
!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
"inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
"Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
if (priv->parent && !gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_realize (priv->parent);
gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget,
GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip)),
TRUE);
if (priv->has_shape_mask)
{
region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
}
region = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info);
if (region)
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
if (priv->multidevice)
gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, TRUE);
_gtk_widget_enable_device_events (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unrealize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only useful in widget implementations.
* Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
* associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
**/
void
gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->has_shape_mask)
gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info))
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (widget, NULL);
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
g_object_ref (widget);
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, FALSE);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
/*****************************************
* Draw queueing.
*****************************************/
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_region:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: region to draw
*
* Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @region by
* calling gdk_window_invalidate_region() on the widget's window and
* all its child windows. Once the main loop becomes idle (after the
* current batch of events has been processed, roughly), the window
* will receive expose events for the union of all regions that have
* been invalidated.
*
* Normally you would only use this function in widget
* implementations. You might also use it to schedule a redraw of a
* #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkWidget *w;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return;
/* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (w))
return;
gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, region, TRUE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
* @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
* @width: width of region to draw
* @height: height of region to draw
*
* Convenience function that calls gtk_widget_queue_draw_region() on
* the region created from the given coordinates.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gint width,
gint height)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
cairo_region_t *region;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
rect.x = x;
rect.y = y;
rect.width = width;
rect.height = height;
region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
gtk_widget_queue_draw_region (widget, region);
cairo_region_destroy (region);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_draw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
* entire area of a widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
rect.x, rect.y, rect.width, rect.height);
else
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
0, 0, rect.width, rect.height);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_resize:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations.
* Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
* be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
* For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
* queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
*
* <note><para>You cannot call gtk_widget_queue_resize() on a widget
* from inside it's implementation of the GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate
* virtual method. Calls to gtk_widget_queue_resize() from inside
* GtkWidgetClass::size_allocate will be silently ignored.</para></note>
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
_gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function works like gtk_widget_queue_resize(),
* except that the widget is not invalidated.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_queue_resize_no_redraw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
_gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, 0);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
*
* This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
* subclass. Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
* uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
* size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
*
* You can also call this function from an application, with some
* caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
* to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
* needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
*
* Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
* a widget will actually be allocated.
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @requisition: (out): a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
*
* This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
* @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
* geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_size_request()),
* in which case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's
* requisition.
*
* This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
* it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
* while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
* on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
* and only then returns @widget->requisition.
*
* Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
* can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
* up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
* since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
* implementations have this information; applications should use
* gtk_widget_size_request().
*
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
}
static gboolean
invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
gpointer data)
{
gpointer user_data;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
return (user_data == data);
}
/* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
* of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
* same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
* modified by this call.
*/
static void
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return;
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->parent)
{
int x, y;
gdk_window_get_position (priv->window, &x, &y);
cairo_region_translate (region, -x, -y);
}
gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (priv->window, region,
invalidate_predicate, widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Like gtk_widget_queue_draw(), but only windows owned
* by @widget are invalidated.
**/
static void
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
cairo_region_t *region;
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return;
gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
region = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, region);
cairo_region_destroy (region);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_size_allocate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: (inout): position and size to be allocated to @widget
*
* This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
* and position to their child widgets.
*
* In this function, the allocation may be adjusted. It will be forced
* to a 1x1 minimum size, and the adjust_size_allocation virtual
* method on the child will be used to adjust the allocation. Standard
* adjustments include removing the widget's margins, and applying the
* widget's #GtkWidget:halign and #GtkWidget:valign properties.
**/
void
gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkRectangle real_allocation;
GdkRectangle old_allocation;
GdkRectangle adjusted_allocation;
gboolean alloc_needed;
gboolean size_changed;
gboolean position_changed;
gint natural_width, natural_height, dummy;
gint min_width, min_height;
priv = widget->priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
if (gtk_get_debug_flags () & GTK_DEBUG_GEOMETRY)
{
gint depth;
GtkWidget *parent;
const gchar *name;
depth = 0;
parent = widget;
while (parent)
{
depth++;
parent = gtk_widget_get_parent (parent);
}
name = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (G_OBJECT (widget)));
g_print ("gtk_widget_size_allocate: %*s%s %d %d\n",
2 * depth, " ", name,
allocation->width, allocation->height);
}
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
alloc_needed = priv->alloc_needed;
if (!priv->width_request_needed && !priv->height_request_needed)
/* Preserve request/allocate ordering */
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
old_allocation = priv->allocation;
real_allocation = *allocation;
adjusted_allocation = real_allocation;
if (gtk_widget_get_request_mode (widget) == GTK_SIZE_REQUEST_HEIGHT_FOR_WIDTH)
{
/* Go ahead and request the height for allocated width, note that the internals
* of get_height_for_width will internally limit the for_size to natural size
* when aligning implicitly.
*/
gtk_widget_get_preferred_width (widget, &min_width, &natural_width);
gtk_widget_get_preferred_height_for_width (widget, real_allocation.width, &dummy, &natural_height);
}
else
{
/* Go ahead and request the width for allocated height, note that the internals
* of get_width_for_height will internally limit the for_size to natural size
* when aligning implicitly.
*/
gtk_widget_get_preferred_height (widget, &min_height, &natural_height);
gtk_widget_get_preferred_width_for_height (widget, real_allocation.height, &dummy, &natural_width);
}
/* Now that we have the right natural height and width, go ahead and remove any margins from the
* allocated sizes and possibly limit them to the natural sizes */
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
&dummy,
&natural_width,
&adjusted_allocation.x,
&adjusted_allocation.width);
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->adjust_size_allocation (widget,
GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL,
&dummy,
&natural_height,
&adjusted_allocation.y,
&adjusted_allocation.height);
if (adjusted_allocation.x < real_allocation.x ||
adjusted_allocation.y < real_allocation.y ||
(adjusted_allocation.x + adjusted_allocation.width) >
(real_allocation.x + real_allocation.width) ||
(adjusted_allocation.y + adjusted_allocation.height >
real_allocation.y + real_allocation.height))
{
g_warning ("%s %p attempted to adjust its size allocation from %d,%d %dx%d to %d,%d %dx%d. adjust_size_allocation must keep allocation inside original bounds",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget,
real_allocation.x, real_allocation.y, real_allocation.width, real_allocation.height,
adjusted_allocation.x, adjusted_allocation.y, adjusted_allocation.width, adjusted_allocation.height);
adjusted_allocation = real_allocation; /* veto it */
}
else
{
real_allocation = adjusted_allocation;
}
if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
{
g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
real_allocation.width,
real_allocation.height);
}
real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
return;
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
/* Size allocation is god... after consulting god, no further requests or allocations are needed */
priv->width_request_needed = FALSE;
priv->height_request_needed = FALSE;
priv->alloc_needed = FALSE;
if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) && priv->redraw_on_alloc && position_changed)
{
/* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window
*/
cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
gdk_window_invalidate_region (priv->window, invalidate, FALSE);
cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
}
if (size_changed)
{
if (priv->redraw_on_alloc)
{
/* Invalidate union(old_allaction,priv->allocation) in priv->window and descendents owned by widget
*/
cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->allocation);
cairo_region_union_rectangle (invalidate, &old_allocation);
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
}
}
if (size_changed || position_changed)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
_gtk_style_context_invalidate_animation_areas (context);
}
}
if ((size_changed || position_changed) && priv->parent &&
gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent) && _gtk_container_get_reallocate_redraws (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent)))
{
cairo_region_t *invalidate = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&priv->parent->priv->allocation);
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (priv->parent, invalidate);
cairo_region_destroy (invalidate);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
* @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
*
* Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
* is closest to the two widgets.
*
* Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
* @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
* share a common ancestor.
**/
static GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
GtkWidget *widget_b)
{
GtkWidget *parent_a;
GtkWidget *parent_b;
gint depth_a = 0;
gint depth_b = 0;
parent_a = widget_a;
while (parent_a->priv->parent)
{
parent_a = parent_a->priv->parent;
depth_a++;
}
parent_b = widget_b;
while (parent_b->priv->parent)
{
parent_b = parent_b->priv->parent;
depth_b++;
}
if (parent_a != parent_b)
return NULL;
while (depth_a > depth_b)
{
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
depth_a--;
}
while (depth_b > depth_a)
{
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
depth_b--;
}
while (widget_a != widget_b)
{
widget_a = widget_a->priv->parent;
widget_b = widget_b->priv->parent;
}
return widget_a;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
* @src_widget: a #GtkWidget
* @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
* @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
* @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
* @dest_x: (out): location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
* @dest_y: (out): location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
*
* Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
* relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
* operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
* toplevel.
*
* Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
* was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
* *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget *src_widget,
GtkWidget *dest_widget,
gint src_x,
gint src_y,
gint *dest_x,
gint *dest_y)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *src_priv = src_widget->priv;
GtkWidgetPrivate *dest_priv = dest_widget->priv;
GtkWidget *ancestor;
GdkWindow *window;
GList *dest_list = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
if (!ancestor || !gtk_widget_get_realized (src_widget) || !gtk_widget_get_realized (dest_widget))
return FALSE;
/* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (src_widget) && src_priv->parent)
{
gint wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (src_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
src_x -= wx - src_priv->allocation.x;
src_y -= wy - src_priv->allocation.y;
}
else
{
src_x += src_priv->allocation.x;
src_y += src_priv->allocation.y;
}
/* Translate to the common ancestor */
window = src_priv->window;
while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
{
gdouble dx, dy;
gdk_window_coords_to_parent (window, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
src_x = dx;
src_y = dy;
window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
return FALSE;
}
/* And back */
window = dest_priv->window;
while (window != ancestor->priv->window)
{
dest_list = g_list_prepend (dest_list, window);
window = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (window);
if (!window) /* Handle GtkHandleBox */
{
g_list_free (dest_list);
return FALSE;
}
}
while (dest_list)
{
gdouble dx, dy;
gdk_window_coords_from_parent (dest_list->data, src_x, src_y, &dx, &dy);
src_x = dx;
src_y = dy;
dest_list = g_list_remove (dest_list, dest_list->data);
}
/* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (dest_widget) && dest_priv->parent)
{
gint wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (dest_priv->window, &wx, &wy);
src_x += wx - dest_priv->allocation.x;
src_y += wy - dest_priv->allocation.y;
}
else
{
src_x -= dest_priv->allocation.x;
src_y -= dest_priv->allocation.y;
}
if (dest_x)
*dest_x = src_x;
if (dest_y)
*dest_y = src_y;
return TRUE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
priv->allocation = *allocation;
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
gdk_window_move_resize (priv->window,
allocation->x, allocation->y,
allocation->width, allocation->height);
}
}
static void
adjust_for_align(GtkAlign align,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
switch (align)
{
case GTK_ALIGN_FILL:
/* change nothing */
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_START:
/* keep *allocated_pos where it is */
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_END:
if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
{
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size);
*allocated_size = *natural_size;
}
break;
case GTK_ALIGN_CENTER:
if (*allocated_size > *natural_size)
{
*allocated_pos += (*allocated_size - *natural_size) / 2;
*allocated_size = MIN (*allocated_size, *natural_size);
}
break;
}
}
static void
adjust_for_margin(gint start_margin,
gint end_margin,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
*minimum_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
*natural_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
*allocated_pos += start_margin;
*allocated_size -= (start_margin + end_margin);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size,
gint *allocated_pos,
gint *allocated_size)
{
const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.left,
aux_info->margin.right,
minimum_size, natural_size,
allocated_pos, allocated_size);
adjust_for_align (aux_info->halign,
natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
}
else
{
adjust_for_margin (aux_info->margin.top,
aux_info->margin.bottom,
minimum_size, natural_size,
allocated_pos, allocated_size);
adjust_for_align (aux_info->valign,
natural_size, allocated_pos, allocated_size);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
/* widgets must be onscreen for accels to take effect */
return gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) &&
gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget) &&
gdk_window_is_viewable (priv->window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_can_activate_accel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @signal_id: the ID of a signal installed on @widget
*
* Determines whether an accelerator that activates the signal
* identified by @signal_id can currently be activated.
* This is done by emitting the #GtkWidget::can-activate-accel
* signal on @widget; if the signal isn't overridden by a
* handler or in a derived widget, then the default check is
* that the widget must be sensitive, and the widget and all
* its ancestors mapped.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the accelerator can be activated.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
gboolean can_activate = FALSE;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CAN_ACTIVATE_ACCEL], 0, signal_id, &can_activate);
return can_activate;
}
typedef struct {
GClosure closure;
guint signal_id;
} AccelClosure;
static void
closure_accel_activate (GClosure *closure,
GValue *return_value,
guint n_param_values,
const GValue *param_values,
gpointer invocation_hint,
gpointer marshal_data)
{
AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
gboolean can_activate = gtk_widget_can_activate_accel (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id);
if (can_activate)
g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
/* whether accelerator was handled */
g_value_set_boolean (return_value, can_activate);
}
static void
closures_destroy (gpointer data)
{
GSList *slist, *closures = data;
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
{
g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
g_closure_unref (slist->data);
}
g_slist_free (closures);
}
static GClosure*
widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
guint signal_id)
{
AccelClosure *aclosure;
GClosure *closure = NULL;
GSList *slist, *closures;
closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
{
/* reuse this closure */
closure = slist->data;
break;
}
if (!closure)
{
closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
g_closure_sink (closure);
g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
g_assert (closure->data == widget);
g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
return closure;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
* @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
* @accel_flags: flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
*
* Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
* @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
* The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
* gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_RUN_ACTION.
* Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
* runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
* user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
* gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
*/
void
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *accel_signal,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
guint accel_key,
GdkModifierType accel_mods,
GtkAccelFlags accel_flags)
{
GClosure *closure;
GSignalQuery query;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
if (!query.signal_id ||
!(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
query.n_params)
{
/* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
return;
}
closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
g_object_ref (widget);
/* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
* the accelerator will automatically be locked.
*/
gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
accel_key,
accel_mods,
accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
closure);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
* @widget: widget to install an accelerator on
* @accel_group: accel group for this widget
* @accel_key: GDK keyval of the accelerator
* @accel_mods: modifier key combination of the accelerator
* @returns: whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
*
* Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
* gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group,
guint accel_key,
GdkModifierType accel_mods)
{
GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
GList *slist, *clist;
guint n;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
{
guint i;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
{
gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
g_list_free (clist);
return is_removed;
}
}
g_list_free (clist);
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_accel_closures:
* @widget: widget to list accelerator closures for
*
* Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
* with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
* The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
* by connecting to the @GtkAccelGroup::accel-changed signal of the
* #GtkAccelGroup of a closure which can be found out with
* gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
*
* Return value: (transfer container) (element-type GClosure):
* a newly allocated #GList of closures
*/
GList*
gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GSList *slist;
GList *clist = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
return clist;
}
typedef struct {
GQuark path_quark;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
GClosure *closure;
} AccelPath;
static void
destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
{
AccelPath *apath = data;
gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
/* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
g_slice_free (AccelPath, apath);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @accel_path: (allow-none): path used to look up the accelerator
* @accel_group: (allow-none): a #GtkAccelGroup.
*
* Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
* @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
* key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
* will be activated. This removes any accelerators (for any
* accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
* gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
* paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
* to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
*
* This function is a low level function that would most likely
* be used by a menu creation system like #GtkUIManager. If you
* use #GtkUIManager, setting up accelerator paths will be done
* automatically.
*
* Even when you you aren't using #GtkUIManager, if you only want to
* set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
* provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
*
* Note that @accel_path string will be stored in a #GQuark. Therefore, if you
* pass a static string, you can save some memory by interning it first with
* g_intern_static_string().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *accel_path,
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
{
AccelPath *apath;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
if (accel_path)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
apath = g_slice_new (AccelPath);
apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal);
}
else
apath = NULL;
/* also removes possible old settings */
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
if (apath)
gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
}
const gchar*
_gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean *locked)
{
AccelPath *apath;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
if (locked)
*locked = apath ? gtk_accel_group_get_is_locked (apath->accel_group) : TRUE;
return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @group_cycling: %TRUE if there are other widgets with the same mnemonic
*
* Emits the #GtkWidget::mnemonic-activate signal.
*
* The default handler for this signal activates the @widget if
* @group_cycling is %FALSE, and just grabs the focus if @group_cycling
* is %TRUE.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the signal has been handled
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling)
{
gboolean handled;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
handled = TRUE;
else
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
0,
group_cycling,
&handled);
return handled;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean group_cycling)
{
if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
gtk_widget_activate (widget);
else if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
else
{
g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
}
return TRUE;
}
static const cairo_user_data_key_t event_key;
GdkEventExpose *
_gtk_cairo_get_event (cairo_t *cr)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, NULL);
return cairo_get_user_data (cr, &event_key);
}
static void
gtk_cairo_set_event (cairo_t *cr,
GdkEventExpose *event)
{
cairo_set_user_data (cr, &event_key, event, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_cairo_should_draw_window:
* @cr: a cairo context
* @window: the window to check
*
* This function is supposed to be called in #GtkWidget::draw
* implementations for widgets that support multiple windows.
* @cr must be untransformed from invoking of the draw function.
* This function will return %TRUE if the contents of the given
* @window are supposed to be drawn and %FALSE otherwise. Note
* that when the drawing was not initiated by the windowing
* system this function will return %TRUE for all windows, so
* you need to draw the bottommost window first. Also, do not
* use "else if" statements to check which window should be drawn.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @window should be drawn
**/
gboolean
gtk_cairo_should_draw_window (cairo_t *cr,
GdkWindow *window)
{
GdkEventExpose *event;
g_return_val_if_fail (cr != NULL, FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window), FALSE);
event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
return event == NULL ||
event->window == window;
}
/* code shared by gtk_container_propagate_draw() and
* gtk_widget_draw()
*/
void
_gtk_widget_draw_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_t *cr,
gboolean clip_to_size)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
if (!gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
return;
if (clip_to_size)
{
cairo_rectangle (cr,
0, 0,
widget->priv->allocation.width,
widget->priv->allocation.height);
cairo_clip (cr);
}
if (gdk_cairo_get_clip_rectangle (cr, NULL))
{
gboolean result;
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DRAW],
0, cr,
&result);
}
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
_gtk_style_context_coalesce_animation_areas (context, widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_draw:
* @widget: the widget to draw. It must be drawable (see
* gtk_widget_is_drawable()) and a size must have been allocated.
* @cr: a cairo context to draw to
*
* Draws @widget to @cr. The top left corner of the widget will be
* drawn to the currently set origin point of @cr.
*
* You should pass a cairo context as @cr argument that is in an
* original state. Otherwise the resulting drawing is undefined. For
* example changing the operator using cairo_set_operator() or the
* line width using cairo_set_line_width() might have unwanted side
* effects.
* You may however change the context's transform matrix - like with
* cairo_scale(), cairo_translate() or cairo_set_matrix() and clip
* region with cairo_clip() prior to calling this function. Also, it
* is fine to modify the context with cairo_save() and
* cairo_push_group() prior to calling this function.
*
* <note><para>Special purpose widgets may contain special code for
* rendering to the screen and might appear differently on screen
* and when rendered using gtk_widget_draw().</para></note>
**/
void
gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_t *cr)
{
GdkEventExpose *tmp_event;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!widget->priv->alloc_needed);
g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
cairo_save (cr);
/* We have to reset the event here so that draw functions can call
* gtk_widget_draw() on random other widgets and get the desired
* effect: Drawing all contents, not just the current window.
*/
tmp_event = _gtk_cairo_get_event (cr);
gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
_gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, TRUE);
gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, tmp_event);
cairo_restore (cr);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event)
{
return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventKey *event)
{
return gtk_bindings_activate_event (G_OBJECT (widget), event);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event)
{
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventFocus *event)
{
gtk_widget_queue_shallow_draw (widget);
return FALSE;
}
#define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
(event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || gtk_widget_get_realized(widget))
/**
* gtk_widget_event:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a #GdkEvent
*
* Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
* the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
* be emitted without using this function to do so).
* If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
* instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
* it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
* use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
* window.
*
* Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
* the event was handled)
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
{
g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
"the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
"followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
return TRUE;
}
return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
}
/* Returns TRUE if a translation should be done */
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window,
int *x,
int *y)
{
GdkWindow *w, *widget_window;
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
*x = -widget->priv->allocation.x;
*y = -widget->priv->allocation.y;
}
else
{
*x = 0;
*y = 0;
}
widget_window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
for (w = window; w && w != widget_window; w = gdk_window_get_parent (w))
{
int wx, wy;
gdk_window_get_position (w, &wx, &wy);
*x += wx;
*y += wy;
}
if (w == NULL)
{
*x = 0;
*y = 0;
return FALSE;
}
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_cairo_transform_to_window:
* @cr: the cairo context to transform
* @widget: the widget the context is currently centered for
* @window: the window to transform the context to
*
* Transforms the given cairo context @cr that from @widget-relative
* coordinates to @window-relative coordinates.
* If the @widget's window is not an ancestor of @window, no
* modification will be applied.
*
* This is the inverse to the transformation GTK applies when
* preparing an expose event to be emitted with the #GtkWidget::draw
* signal. It is intended to help porting multiwindow widgets from
* GTK+ 2 to the rendering architecture of GTK+ 3.
**/
void
gtk_cairo_transform_to_window (cairo_t *cr,
GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window)
{
int x, y;
g_return_if_fail (cr != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
if (_gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget, window, &x, &y))
cairo_translate (cr, x, y);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_send_expose:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a expose #GdkEvent
*
* Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
* an expose event on a widget. This function is not normally used
* directly. The only time it is used is when propagating an expose
* event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and that is normally done
* using gtk_container_propagate_draw().
*
* If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn,
* use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
* To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
* with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
*
* Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if
* the event was handled)
**/
gint
gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean result = FALSE;
cairo_t *cr;
int x, y;
gboolean do_clip;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget), TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
cr = gdk_cairo_create (event->expose.window);
gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, &event->expose);
gdk_cairo_region (cr, event->expose.region);
cairo_clip (cr);
do_clip = _gtk_widget_get_translation_to_window (widget,
event->expose.window,
&x, &y);
cairo_translate (cr, -x, -y);
_gtk_widget_draw_internal (widget, cr, do_clip);
/* unset here, so if someone keeps a reference to cr we
* don't leak the window. */
gtk_cairo_set_event (cr, NULL);
cairo_destroy (cr);
return result;
}
static gboolean
event_window_is_still_viewable (GdkEvent *event)
{
/* Check that we think the event's window is viewable before
* delivering the event, to prevent suprises. We do this here
* at the last moment, since the event may have been queued
* up behind other events, held over a recursive main loop, etc.
*/
switch (event->type)
{
case GDK_EXPOSE:
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
case GDK_SCROLL:
return event->any.window && gdk_window_is_viewable (event->any.window);
#if 0
/* The following events are the second half of paired events;
* we always deliver them to deal with widgets that clean up
* on the second half.
*/
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
#endif
default:
/* Remaining events would make sense on an not-viewable window,
* or don't have an associated window.
*/
return TRUE;
}
}
static gint
gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean return_val = FALSE;
/* We check only once for is-still-visible; if someone
* hides the window in on of the signals on the widget,
* they are responsible for returning TRUE to terminate
* handling.
*/
if (!event_window_is_still_viewable (event))
return TRUE;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
if (!return_val)
{
gint signal_num;
switch (event->type)
{
case GDK_NOTHING:
signal_num = -1;
break;
case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SCROLL:
signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_DELETE:
signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_DESTROY:
signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
break;
case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
if (event->focus_change.in)
_gtk_tooltip_focus_in (widget);
else
_gtk_tooltip_focus_out (widget);
break;
case GDK_CONFIGURE:
signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_MAP:
signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_UNMAP:
signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_CLIENT_EVENT:
signal_num = CLIENT_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_EXPOSE:
signal_num = EXPOSE_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_GRAB_BROKEN:
signal_num = GRAB_BROKEN_EVENT;
break;
case GDK_DAMAGE:
signal_num = DAMAGE_EVENT;
break;
default:
g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
signal_num = -1;
break;
}
if (signal_num != -1)
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
}
if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
else
return_val = TRUE;
g_object_unref (widget);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_activate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
*
* For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
* this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
* press Enter on a widget during key navigation. If @widget isn't
* activatable, the function returns %FALSE.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
{
/* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *new_window)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
GList *tmp_list;
for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
{
GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
gpointer child;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
while (child && child != widget)
child = ((GtkWidget*) child)->priv->parent;
if (child)
gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
}
g_list_free (children);
}
else
{
GdkWindow *parent;
GList *tmp_list, *children;
parent = gdk_window_get_parent (priv->window);
if (parent == NULL)
gdk_window_reparent (priv->window, new_window, 0, 0);
else
{
children = gdk_window_get_children (parent);
for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
{
GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
gpointer child;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &child);
if (child == widget)
gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
}
g_list_free (children);
}
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (client_data != NULL);
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
if (priv->window)
g_object_unref (priv->window);
priv->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
if (priv->window)
g_object_ref (priv->window);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
client_data);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_reparent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
*
* Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
* count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *new_parent)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
priv = widget->priv;
g_return_if_fail (priv->parent != NULL);
if (priv->parent != new_parent)
{
/* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
* the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
* that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
*/
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && gtk_widget_get_realized (new_parent))
priv->in_reparent = TRUE;
g_object_ref (widget);
gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
g_object_unref (widget);
if (priv->in_reparent)
{
priv->in_reparent = FALSE;
gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
}
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_intersect:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @area: a rectangle
* @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
*
* Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
* the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
* an intersection. @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
* interested in whether there was an intersection.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkRectangle *area,
GdkRectangle *intersection)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkRectangle *dest;
GdkRectangle tmp;
gint return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
priv = widget->priv;
if (intersection)
dest = intersection;
else
dest = &tmp;
return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&priv->allocation, area, dest);
if (return_val && intersection && gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
intersection->x -= priv->allocation.x;
intersection->y -= priv->allocation.y;
}
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_region_intersect:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: a #cairo_region_t, in the same coordinate system as
* @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
* for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
* of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
* @returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
* and @region. The coordinates of the return value are
* relative to @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and
* relative to the parent window of @widget->window for
* widgets with their own window.
*
* Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
* the intersection. The result may be empty, use cairo_region_is_empty() to
* check.
**/
cairo_region_t *
gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
const cairo_region_t *region)
{
GdkRectangle rect;
cairo_region_t *dest;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
gtk_widget_get_allocation (widget, &rect);
dest = cairo_region_create_rectangle (&rect);
cairo_region_intersect (dest, region);
return dest;
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_grab_notify:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @was_grabbed: whether a grab is now in effect
*
* Emits the #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal on @widget.
*
* Since: 2.6
**/
void
_gtk_widget_grab_notify (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean was_grabbed)
{
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY], 0, was_grabbed);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_grab_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
* inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
* something like #GtkFrame won't work.
*
* More precisely, it must have the %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set. Use
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus() to modify that flag.
*
* The widget also needs to be realized and mapped. This is indicated by the
* related signals. Grabbing the focus immediately after creating the widget
* will likely fail and cause critical warnings.
**/
void
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
return;
g_object_ref (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
g_object_unref (widget);
}
static void
reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer data)
{
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
GtkContainer *container;
container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
gtk_container_foreach (container,
reset_focus_recurse,
NULL);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
{
if (gtk_widget_get_can_focus (focus_widget))
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
GtkWidget *widget;
/* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
* is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
* be set by the next loop.
*/
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel) && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
{
widget = gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
if (widget == focus_widget)
{
/* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
* toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
* This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
*/
if (!gtk_widget_has_focus (widget))
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
return;
}
if (widget)
{
while (widget->priv->parent && widget->priv->parent != focus_widget->priv->parent)
{
widget = widget->priv->parent;
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
}
}
}
else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
{
/* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
* actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
*/
gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
reset_focus_recurse,
NULL);
}
/* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
* set it on the window
*/
widget = focus_widget;
while (widget->priv->parent)
{
gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->priv->parent), widget);
widget = widget->priv->parent;
}
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_query_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gint x,
gint y,
gboolean keyboard_tip,
GtkTooltip *tooltip)
{
gchar *tooltip_markup;
gboolean has_tooltip;
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip));
if (has_tooltip && tooltip_markup)
{
gtk_tooltip_set_markup (tooltip, tooltip_markup);
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_style_updated (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
/* Trigger ::style-set for old
* widgets not listening to this
*/
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
0,
widget->priv->style);
}
if (widget->priv->context)
{
gtk_style_context_invalidate (widget->priv->context);
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_style_context_set_background (widget->priv->context,
widget->priv->window);
}
if (widget->priv->anchored)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
{
if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
{
_gtk_tooltip_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
if (!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
return FALSE;
if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
{
gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
return TRUE;
}
else
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_move_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (widget != toplevel && GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
{
g_signal_emit (toplevel, widget_signals[MOVE_FOCUS], 0,
direction);
}
}
static gboolean
gtk_widget_real_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean cursor_only;
switch (direction)
{
case GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD:
case GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD:
return FALSE;
case GTK_DIR_UP:
case GTK_DIR_DOWN:
case GTK_DIR_LEFT:
case GTK_DIR_RIGHT:
g_object_get (gtk_widget_get_settings (widget),
"gtk-keynav-cursor-only", &cursor_only,
NULL);
if (cursor_only)
return FALSE;
break;
}
gtk_widget_error_bell (widget);
return TRUE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @can_focus: whether or not @widget can own the input focus.
*
* Specifies whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_grab_focus() for actually setting the input focus on a
* widget.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean can_focus)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->can_focus != can_focus)
{
widget->priv->can_focus = can_focus;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-focus");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_can_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can own the input focus. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_focus().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget can own the input focus, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->can_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget has the global input focus. See
* gtk_widget_is_focus() for the difference between having the global
* input focus, and only having the focus within a toplevel.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget has the global input focus.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
* toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
* necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
* toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
return widget == gtk_window_get_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_can_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @can_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
*
* Specifies whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* "default".
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_can_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean can_default)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->can_default != can_default)
{
widget->priv->can_default = can_default;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "can-default");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_can_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can be a default widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget can be a default widget, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_can_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->can_default;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is the current default widget within its
* toplevel. See gtk_widget_set_can_default().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is the current default widget within
* its toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_default;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_has_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_default)
{
widget->priv->has_default = has_default;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_grab_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must have the
* %GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
* yourself by calling <literal>gtk_widget_set_can_default (@widget,
* %TRUE)</literal>. The default widget is activated when
* the user presses Enter in a window. Default widgets must be
* activatable, that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them. Note
* that #GtkEntry widgets require the "activates-default" property
* set to %TRUE before they activate the default widget when Enter
* is pressed and the #GtkEntry is focused.
**/
void
gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *window;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_can_default (widget));
window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
else
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_receives_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @receives_default: whether or not @widget can be a default widget.
*
* Specifies whether @widget will be treated as the default widget
* within its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
* is the default.
*
* See gtk_widget_grab_default() for details about the meaning of
* "default".
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean receives_default)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (widget->priv->receives_default != receives_default)
{
widget->priv->receives_default = receives_default;
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "receives-default");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_receives_default:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is alyways treated as default widget
* withing its toplevel when it has the focus, even if another widget
* is the default.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_receives_default().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget acts as default widget when focussed,
* %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_receives_default (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->receives_default;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_grab:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is currently grabbing events, so it
* is the only widget receiving input events (keyboard and mouse).
*
* See also gtk_grab_add().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is in the grab_widgets stack
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->has_grab;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_has_grab (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_grab)
{
widget->priv->has_grab = has_grab;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns %TRUE if @device has been shadowed by a GTK+
* device grab on another widget, so it would stop sending
* events to @widget. This may be used in the
* #GtkWidget::grab-notify signal to check for specific
* devices. See gtk_device_grab_add().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if there is an ongoing grab on @device
* by another #GtkWidget than @widget.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_device_is_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GtkWindowGroup *group;
GtkWidget *grab_widget, *toplevel;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), FALSE);
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return TRUE;
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
group = gtk_window_get_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else
group = gtk_window_get_group (NULL);
grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_device_grab (group, device);
/* Widget not inside the hierarchy of grab_widget */
if (grab_widget &&
widget != grab_widget &&
!gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
return TRUE;
grab_widget = gtk_window_group_get_current_grab (group);
if (grab_widget && widget != grab_widget &&
!gtk_widget_is_ancestor (widget, grab_widget))
return TRUE;
return FALSE;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @name: name for the widget
*
* Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
* CSS file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
* in the CSS file. See the documentation for the CSS syntax (on the
* same page as the docs for #GtkStyleContext).
*
* Note that the CSS syntax has certain special characters to delimit
* and represent elements in a selector (period, &num;, &gt;, &ast;...),
* so using these will make your widget impossible to match by name.
* Any combination of alphanumeric symbols, dashes and underscores will
* suffice.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
gchar *new_name;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
new_name = g_strdup (name);
g_free (priv->name);
priv->name = new_name;
if (priv->path)
{
guint pos;
pos = gtk_widget_path_length (priv->path) - 1;
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (priv->path, pos,
priv->name);
}
if (priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_path (priv->context, priv->path);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
* significance of widget names.
*
* Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
* should not be modified or freed
**/
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->name)
return priv->name;
return G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget);
}
static void
_gtk_widget_update_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags,
guint operation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
priv = widget->priv;
/* Handle insensitive first, since it is propagated
* differently throughout the widget hierarchy.
*/
if ((flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE) !=
(priv->state_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE))
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget,
operation != STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
if (flags != 0 ||
operation == STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE)
{
GtkStateData data;
data.flags = flags;
data.operation = operation;
data.use_forall = FALSE;
if (priv->parent)
data.parent_sensitive = (gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent) != FALSE);
else
data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @flags: State flags to turn on
* @clear: Whether to clear state before turning on @flags
*
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns on flag
* values in the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
*
* It is worth mentioning that any other state than %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE,
* will be propagated down to all non-internal children if @widget is a
* #GtkContainer, while %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE itself will be propagated
* down to all #GtkContainer children by different means than turning on the
* state flag down the hierarchy, both gtk_widget_get_state_flags() and
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive() will make use of these.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags,
gboolean clear)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if ((!clear && (widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == flags) ||
(clear && widget->priv->state_flags == flags))
return;
if (clear)
_gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
else
_gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_SET);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_unset_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @flags: State flags to turn off
*
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Turns off flag
* values for the current widget state (insensitive, prelighted, etc.).
* See gtk_widget_set_state_flags().
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_unset_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags flags)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if ((widget->priv->state_flags & flags) == 0)
return;
_gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_UNSET);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_state_flags:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget state as a flag set. It is worth mentioning
* that the effective %GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE state will be
* returned, that is, also based on parent insensitivity, even if
* @widget itself is sensitive.
*
* Returns: The state flags for widget
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
GtkStateFlags
gtk_widget_get_state_flags (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkStateFlags flags;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
flags = widget->priv->state_flags;
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
return flags;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_state:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: new state for @widget
*
* This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
* of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
* the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
*
* Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_set_state_flags() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state)
{
GtkStateFlags flags;
if (state == gtk_widget_get_state (widget))
return;
switch (state)
{
case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
break;
case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_FOCUSED:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED;
break;
case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
default:
flags = 0;
break;
}
_gtk_widget_update_state_flags (widget, flags, STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_state:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's state. See gtk_widget_set_state().
*
* Returns: the state of @widget.
*
* Since: 2.18
*
* Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_get_state_flags() instead.
*/
GtkStateType
gtk_widget_get_state (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkStateFlags flags;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_STATE_NORMAL);
flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
return GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INCONSISTENT)
return GTK_STATE_INCONSISTENT;
else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE)
return GTK_STATE_ACTIVE;
else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED)
return GTK_STATE_SELECTED;
else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_FOCUSED)
return GTK_STATE_FOCUSED;
else if (flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT)
return GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT;
else
return GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @visible: whether the widget should be shown or not
*
* Sets the visibility state of @widget. Note that setting this to
* %TRUE doesn't mean the widget is actually viewable, see
* gtk_widget_get_visible().
*
* This function simply calls gtk_widget_show() or gtk_widget_hide()
* but is nicer to use when the visibility of the widget depends on
* some condition.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean visible)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (visible != gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
if (visible)
gtk_widget_show (widget);
else
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
}
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_visible_flag (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean visible)
{
widget->priv->visible = visible;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is visible. Note that this doesn't
* take into account whether the widget's parent is also visible
* or the widget is obscured in any way.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_visible().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is visible
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->visible;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_has_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @has_window: whether or not @widget has a window.
*
* Specifies whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. Note that
* all realized widgets have a non-%NULL "window" pointer
* (gtk_widget_get_window() never returns a %NULL window when a widget
* is realized), but for many of them it's actually the #GdkWindow of
* one of its parent widgets. Widgets that do not create a %window for
* themselves in #GtkWidget::realize must announce this by
* calling this function with @has_window = %FALSE.
*
* This function should only be called by widget implementations,
* and they should call it in their init() function.
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_window (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_window)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->no_window = !has_window;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_has_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget has a #GdkWindow of its own. See
* gtk_widget_set_has_window().
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget has a window, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return ! widget->priv->no_window;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_toplevel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is a toplevel widget. Currently only
* #GtkWindow and #GtkInvisible are toplevel widgets. Toplevel
* widgets have no parent widget.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is a toplevel, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->toplevel;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_is_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean is_toplevel)
{
widget->priv->toplevel = is_toplevel;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_drawable:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget can be drawn to. A widget can be drawn
* to if it is mapped and visible.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is drawable, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_drawable (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_realized:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is realized.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @widget is realized, %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_realized (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->realized;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_realized:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @realized: %TRUE to mark the widget as realized
*
* Marks the widget as being realized.
*
* This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
* "realize" or "unrealize" implementation.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_realized (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean realized)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->realized = realized;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_mapped:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Whether the widget is mapped.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_mapped (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->mapped;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_mapped:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @mapped: %TRUE to mark the widget as mapped
*
* Marks the widget as being realized.
*
* This function should only ever be called in a derived widget's
* "map" or "unmap" implementation.
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_mapped (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean mapped)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->mapped = mapped;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_app_paintable:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @app_paintable: %TRUE if the application will paint on the widget
*
* Sets whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
* an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
*
* This is a hint to the widget and does not affect the behavior of
* the GTK+ core; many widgets ignore this flag entirely. For widgets
* that do pay attention to the flag, such as #GtkEventBox and #GtkWindow,
* the effect is to suppress default themed drawing of the widget's
* background. (Children of the widget will still be drawn.) The application
* is then entirely responsible for drawing the widget background.
*
* Note that the background is still drawn when the widget is mapped.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean app_paintable)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
if (widget->priv->app_paintable != app_paintable)
{
widget->priv->app_paintable = app_paintable;
if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app-paintable");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_app_paintable:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the application intends to draw on the widget in
* an #GtkWidget::draw handler.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_app_paintable()
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is app paintable
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->app_paintable;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
*
* Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
* to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
* gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
* automatically around expose events sent to the
* widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
* window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
* buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
* update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
* primitives being rendered.
*
* In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
* so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
* if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
*
* Note: if you turn off double-buffering, you have to handle
* expose events, since even the clearing to the background color or
* pixmap will not happen automatically (as it is done in
* gdk_window_begin_paint()).
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean double_buffered)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
double_buffered = (double_buffered != FALSE);
if (widget->priv->double_buffered != double_buffered)
{
widget->priv->double_buffered = double_buffered;
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "double-buffered");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_double_buffered:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether the widget is double buffered.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_double_buffered()
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is double buffered
*
* Since: 2.18
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->double_buffered;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
* when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
* new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
*
* Sets whether the entire widget is queued for drawing when its size
* allocation changes. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
* the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
* leaves the upper left unchanged when made bigger, turning this
* setting off will improve performance.
* Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
* off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
* its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
* anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
* %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window,
* you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation
* of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
* regions newly when the widget increases size.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean redraw_on_allocate)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
widget->priv->redraw_on_alloc = redraw_on_allocate;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
*
* Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
* can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
* user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
* "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean sensitive)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkStateData data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
if (widget->priv->sensitive == sensitive)
return;
data.flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
if (sensitive)
{
widget->priv->sensitive = TRUE;
data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_UNSET;
}
else
{
widget->priv->sensitive = FALSE;
data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_SET;
}
data.use_forall = TRUE;
if (priv->parent)
data.parent_sensitive = gtk_widget_is_sensitive (priv->parent);
else
data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
if (gtk_widget_is_drawable (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's sensitivity (in the sense of returning
* the value that has been set using gtk_widget_set_sensitive()).
*
* The effective sensitivity of a widget is however determined by both its
* own and its parent widget's sensitivity. See gtk_widget_is_sensitive().
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is sensitive
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->sensitive;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_sensitive:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's effective sensitivity, which means
* it is sensitive itself and also its parent widget is sensntive
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget is effectively sensitive
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->sensitive && widget->priv->parent_sensitive;
}
static void
_gtk_widget_update_path (GtkWidget *widget)
{
if (widget->priv->path)
{
gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
widget->priv->path = NULL;
}
gtk_widget_get_path (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_parent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @parent: parent container
*
* This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of
* #GtkContainer.
* Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
* some details such as updating the state and style of the child
* to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
* gtk_widget_unparent().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *parent)
{
GtkStateFlags parent_flags;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkStateData data;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->parent != NULL)
{
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on widget which has a parent\n");
return;
}
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget))
{
g_warning ("Can't set a parent on a toplevel widget\n");
return;
}
/* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
*/
g_object_ref_sink (widget);
priv->parent = parent;
parent_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (parent);
/* Merge both old state and current parent state,
* We don't want the insensitive flag to propagate
* to the new child though */
data.flags = parent_flags & ~GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
data.flags |= priv->state_flags;
data.operation = STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE;
data.parent_sensitive = (gtk_widget_is_sensitive (parent) != FALSE);
data.use_forall = gtk_widget_is_sensitive (parent) != gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget);
gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
if (priv->parent->priv->anchored)
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
/* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
*/
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_realize (widget);
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (priv->parent) &&
gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
{
if (gtk_widget_get_child_visible (widget) &&
gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
/* child may cause parent's expand to change, if the child is
* expanded. If child is not expanded, then it can't modify the
* parent's expand. If the child becomes expanded later then it will
* queue compute_expand then. This optimization plus defaulting
* newly-constructed widgets to need_compute_expand=FALSE should
* mean that initially building a widget tree doesn't have to keep
* walking up setting need_compute_expand on parents over and over.
*
* We can't change a parent to need to expand unless we're visible.
*/
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) &&
(priv->need_compute_expand ||
priv->computed_hexpand ||
priv->computed_vexpand))
{
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (parent);
}
if (widget->priv->context)
{
_gtk_widget_update_path (widget);
gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context, widget->priv->path);
gtk_style_context_set_screen (widget->priv->context,
gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_parent:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the parent container of @widget.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
**/
GtkWidget *
gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->parent;
}
/*****************************************
* Widget styles
* see docs/styles.txt
*****************************************/
/**
* gtk_widget_style_attach:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function attaches the widget's #GtkStyle to the widget's
* #GdkWindow. It is a replacement for
*
* <programlisting>
* widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
* </programlisting>
*
* and should only ever be called in a derived widget's "realize"
* implementation which does not chain up to its parent class'
* "realize" implementation, because one of the parent classes
* (finally #GtkWidget) would attach the style itself.
*
* Since: 2.20
**/
void
gtk_widget_style_attach (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
priv->style = gtk_style_attach (priv->style, priv->window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_rc_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Determines if the widget style has been looked up through the rc mechanism.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if the widget has been looked up through the rc
* mechanism, %FALSE otherwise.
*
* Since: 2.20
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->rc_style;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @style: (allow-none): a #GtkStyle, or %NULL to remove the effect of a previous
* gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to the default style
*
* Sets the #GtkStyle for a widget (@widget->style). You probably don't
* want to use this function; it interacts badly with themes, because
* themes work by replacing the #GtkStyle. Instead, use
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStyle *style)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_ensure_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Ensures that @widget has a style (@widget->style). Not a very useful
* function; most of the time, if you want the style, the widget is
* realized, and realized widgets are guaranteed to have a style
* already.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
if (!widget->priv->style ||
!gtk_style_has_context (widget->priv->style))
{
GtkStyle *style;
if (widget->priv->style)
g_object_unref (widget->priv->style);
style = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_STYLE,
"context", gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget),
NULL);
widget->priv->style = g_object_ref (style);
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
0, NULL);
g_object_unref (style);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the widget's #GtkStyle
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
**/
GtkStyle*
gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->style;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @style: the #GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications
*
* Modifies style values on the widget. Modifications made using this
* technique take precedence over style values set via an RC file,
* however, they will be overriden if a style is explicitely set on
* the widget using gtk_widget_set_style(). The #GtkRcStyle structure
* is designed so each field can either be set or unset, so it is
* possible, using this function, to modify some style values and
* leave the others unchanged.
*
* Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
* with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such
* functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain
* previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(),
* make your modifications to the returned style, then call
* gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand,
* if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls
* to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative
* effect with the initial modifications.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext with a custom #GtkStyleProvider instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRcStyle *style)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_RC_STYLE (style));
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_rc_style,
gtk_rc_style_copy (style),
(GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_modifier_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
* gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new
* #GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the
* modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc
* style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the
* returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
*
* Caution: passing the style back to gtk_widget_modify_style() will
* normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies
* the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style,
* thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
* to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the modifier style for the widget.
* This rc style is owned by the widget. If you want to keep a
* pointer to value this around, you must add a refcount using
* g_object_ref().
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext with a custom #GtkStyleProvider instead
**/
GtkRcStyle *
gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
rc_style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_rc_style);
if (!rc_style)
{
rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_rc_style,
rc_style,
(GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
}
return rc_style;
}
static void
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRcFlags component,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);
if (color)
{
switch (component)
{
case GTK_RC_FG:
rc_style->fg[state] = *color;
break;
case GTK_RC_BG:
rc_style->bg[state] = *color;
break;
case GTK_RC_TEXT:
rc_style->text[state] = *color;
break;
case GTK_RC_BASE:
rc_style->base[state] = *color;
break;
default:
g_assert_not_reached();
}
rc_style->color_flags[state] |= component;
}
else
rc_style->color_flags[state] &= ~component;
gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
}
static void
modifier_style_changed (GtkModifierStyle *style,
GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
gtk_style_context_invalidate (context);
}
static GtkModifierStyle *
_gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_modifier_style);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!style))
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
style = gtk_modifier_style_new ();
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_modifier_style,
style,
(GDestroyNotify) g_object_unref);
g_signal_connect (style, "changed",
G_CALLBACK (modifier_style_changed), widget);
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
gtk_style_context_add_provider (context,
GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER (style),
GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION);
}
return style;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_override_color:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the color
* @color: the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
* of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_color()
*
* Sets the color to use for a widget. All other style values are left
* untouched.
*
* <note>
* <para>
* This API is mostly meant as a quick way for applications to change a
* widget appearance. If you are developing a widgets library and intend
* this change to be themeable, it is better done by setting meaningful
* CSS classes and regions in your widget/container implementation through
* gtk_style_context_add_class() and gtk_style_context_add_region().
* </para>
* <para>
* This way, your widget library can install a #GtkCssProvider with the
* %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_FALLBACK priority in order to provide a
* default styling for those widgets that need so, and this theming may
* fully overridden by the user's theme.
* </para>
* </note>
*
* <note>
* <para>
* Note that for complex widgets this may bring in
* undesired results (such as uniform background color everywhere),
* in these cases it is better to fully style such widgets through a
* #GtkCssProvider with the %GTK_STYLE_PROVIDER_PRIORITY_APPLICATION
* priority.
* </para>
* </note>
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_override_color (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags state,
const GdkRGBA *color)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
gtk_modifier_style_set_color (style, state, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_override_background_color:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the background color
* @color: the color to assign, or %NULL to undo the effect
* of previous calls to gtk_widget_override_background_color()
*
* Sets the background color to use for a widget. All other style values
* are left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_override_background_color (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateFlags state,
const GdkRGBA *color)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
gtk_modifier_style_set_background_color (style, state, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_override_font:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @font_desc: the font descriptiong to use, or %NULL to undo
* the effect of previous calls to
* gtk_widget_override_font().
*
* Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are
* left untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color().
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_override_font (GtkWidget *widget,
const PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
gtk_modifier_style_set_font (style, font_desc);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @name: the name of the symbolic color to modify
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color().
*
* Sets a symbolic color for a widget, All other style values are left
* untouched. See gtk_widget_override_color() for overriding the foreground
* or background color.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_override_symbolic_color (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name,
const GdkRGBA *color)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
gtk_modifier_style_map_color (style, name, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_override_cursor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @cursor: the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
* allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
* @secondary_cursor: the color to use for secondary cursor (does not
* need to be allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous
* calls to of gtk_widget_override_cursor().
*
* Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
* #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
* style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
* See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Note that the underlying properties have the #GdkColor type,
* so the alpha value in @primary and @secondary will be ignored.
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_override_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkRGBA *cursor,
const GdkRGBA *secondary_cursor)
{
GtkModifierStyle *style;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
style = _gtk_widget_get_modifier_properties (widget);
gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
"cursor-color", cursor);
gtk_modifier_style_set_color_property (style,
GTK_TYPE_WIDGET,
"secondary-cursor-color",
secondary_cursor);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_fg:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the foreground color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_fg().
*
* Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.
* All other style values are left untouched. See also
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_color() instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_fg (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
GtkStateFlags flags;
GdkRGBA rgba;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
switch (state)
{
case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
break;
case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
default:
flags = 0;
}
if (color)
{
rgba.red = color->red / 65535.;
rgba.green = color->green / 65535.;
rgba.blue = color->blue / 65535.;
rgba.alpha = 1;
gtk_widget_override_color (widget, state, &rgba);
}
else
gtk_widget_override_color (widget, state, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_bg:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the background color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_bg().
*
* Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.
* All other style values are left untouched. See also
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
* draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
* background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
* the background of such widgets, you have to set the background color
* on their parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular
* area around a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget
* and setting the background color on that.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_background_color() instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_bg (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
GtkStateFlags flags;
GdkRGBA rgba;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
switch (state)
{
case GTK_STATE_ACTIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_ACTIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_PRELIGHT:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_PRELIGHT;
break;
case GTK_STATE_SELECTED:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_SELECTED;
break;
case GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE:
flags = GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
break;
case GTK_STATE_NORMAL:
default:
flags = 0;
}
if (color)
{
rgba.red = color->red / 65535.;
rgba.green = color->green / 65535.;
rgba.blue = color->blue / 65535.;
rgba.alpha = 1;
gtk_widget_override_background_color (widget, state, &rgba);
}
else
gtk_widget_override_background_color (widget, state, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the text color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_text().
*
* Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state. All other
* style values are left untouched. The text color is the foreground
* color used along with the base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base())
* for widgets such as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView. See also
* gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_color() instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_text (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_TEXT, state, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_base:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @state: the state for which to set the base color
* @color: (allow-none): the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
* or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_base().
*
* Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.
* All other style values are left untouched. The base color
* is the background color used along with the text color
* (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry
* and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Note that "no window" widgets (which have the %GTK_NO_WINDOW flag set)
* draw on their parent container's window and thus may not draw any
* background themselves. This is the case for e.g. #GtkLabel. To modify
* the background of such widgets, you have to set the base color on their
* parent; if you want to set the background of a rectangular area around
* a label, try placing the label in a #GtkEventBox widget and setting
* the base color on that.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_background_color() instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_base (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateType state,
const GdkColor *color)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BASE, state, color);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_cursor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @primary: the color to use for primary cursor (does not need to be
* allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
* @secondary: the color to use for secondary cursor (does not need to be
* allocated), or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
* of gtk_widget_modify_cursor().
*
* Sets the cursor color to use in a widget, overriding the
* #GtkWidget:cursor-color and #GtkWidget:secondary-cursor-color
* style properties. All other style values are left untouched.
* See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Since: 2.12
*
* Deprecated: 3.0. Use gtk_widget_override_cursor() instead.
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_cursor (GtkWidget *widget,
const GdkColor *primary,
const GdkColor *secondary)
{
GdkRGBA primary_rgba, secondary_rgba;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
primary_rgba.red = primary->red / 65535.;
primary_rgba.green = primary->green / 65535.;
primary_rgba.blue = primary->blue / 65535.;
primary_rgba.alpha = 1;
secondary_rgba.red = secondary->red / 65535.;
secondary_rgba.green = secondary->green / 65535.;
secondary_rgba.blue = secondary->blue / 65535.;
secondary_rgba.alpha = 1;
gtk_widget_override_cursor (widget, &primary_rgba, &secondary_rgba);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_modify_font:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @font_desc: (allow-none): the font description to use, or %NULL to undo
* the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font().
*
* Sets the font to use for a widget. All other style values are left
* untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_override_font() instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_modify_font (GtkWidget *widget,
PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_override_font (widget, font_desc);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection previous_direction)
{
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStyle *previous_style)
{
}
typedef struct {
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
GdkScreen *previous_screen;
GdkScreen *new_screen;
} HierarchyChangedInfo;
static void
do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkScreen *old_screen,
GdkScreen *new_screen)
{
if (old_screen != new_screen)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
if (old_screen)
{
PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
if (context)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
}
_gtk_tooltip_hide (widget);
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
gtk_style_context_set_screen (context, gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
gboolean new_anchored = gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
(priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored);
if (priv->anchored != new_anchored)
{
g_object_ref (widget);
priv->anchored = new_anchored;
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
client_data);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
*
* Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
* children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
* emitting #GtkWidget::hierarchy-changed.
**/
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *previous_toplevel)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget) ||
(priv->parent && priv->parent->priv->anchored))
info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
else
info.new_screen = NULL;
if (info.previous_screen)
g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
if (previous_toplevel)
g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
if (previous_toplevel)
g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
if (info.previous_screen)
g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer client_data)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
g_object_ref (widget);
do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
client_data);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_composited:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Whether @widget can rely on having its alpha channel
* drawn correctly. On X11 this function returns whether a
* compositing manager is running for @widget's screen.
*
* Please note that the semantics of this call will change
* in the future if used on a widget that has a composited
* window in its hierarchy (as set by gdk_window_set_composited()).
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget can rely on its alpha
* channel being drawn correctly.
*
* Since: 2.10
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_composited (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
return gdk_screen_is_composited (screen);
}
static void
propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
gpointer dummy)
{
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
propagate_composited_changed,
NULL);
}
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[COMPOSITED_CHANGED], 0);
}
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_composited_changed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
propagate_composited_changed (widget, NULL);
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @previous_screen: Previous screen
*
* Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
* children, emitting #GtkWidget::screen-changed.
**/
void
_gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkScreen *previous_screen)
{
HierarchyChangedInfo info;
info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
if (previous_screen)
g_object_ref (previous_screen);
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
if (previous_screen)
g_object_unref (previous_screen);
}
static void
reset_style_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
if (widget->priv->context)
{
_gtk_widget_update_path (widget);
gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context,
widget->priv->path);
}
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
reset_style_recurse,
NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_reset_style:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Updates the style context of @widget and all descendents
* by updating its widget path. #GtkContainer<!-- -->s may want
* to use this on a child when reordering it in a way that a different
* style might apply to it. See also gtk_container_get_path_for_child().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
void
gtk_widget_reset_style (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
*
* Reset the styles of @widget and all descendents, so when
* they are looked up again, they get the correct values
* for the currently loaded RC file settings.
*
* This function is not useful for applications.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
*/
void
gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
reset_style_recurse (widget, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_default_style:
*
* Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the default style. This #GtkStyle
* object is owned by GTK+ and should not be modified or freed.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use #GtkStyleContext instead
*/
GtkStyle*
gtk_widget_get_default_style (void)
{
if (!gtk_default_style)
{
gtk_default_style = gtk_style_new ();
g_object_ref (gtk_default_style);
}
return gtk_default_style;
}
static PangoContext *
gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate font map, font description,
* and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
* by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
* the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
* or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
* match any changes to the widget's attributes.
*
* If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
* deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
* on the layout in response to the #GtkWidget::style-updated and
* #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals for the widget.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #PangoContext for the widget.
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
if (!context)
{
context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_pango_context,
context,
g_object_unref);
}
return context;
}
static void
update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget,
PangoContext *context)
{
PangoFontDescription *font_desc;
GtkStyleContext *style_context;
style_context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
gtk_style_context_get (style_context,
gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget),
"font", &font_desc,
NULL);
pango_context_set_font_description (context, font_desc);
pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
pango_font_description_free (font_desc);
}
static void
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
if (context)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
update_pango_context (widget, context);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
if (screen)
{
pango_cairo_context_set_resolution (context,
gdk_screen_get_resolution (screen));
pango_cairo_context_set_font_options (context,
gdk_screen_get_font_options (screen));
}
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate font map,
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
* this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
*
* Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoContext
**/
PangoContext *
gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
if (!screen)
{
GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
}
context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
update_pango_context (widget, context);
pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
return context;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @text: text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
*
* Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate font map,
* font description, and base direction for drawing text for
* this widget.
*
* If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order to
* notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
* widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
* the #GtkWidget::style-updated and #GtkWidget::direction-changed signals
* for the widget.
*
* Return value: (transfer full): the new #PangoLayout
**/
PangoLayout *
gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *text)
{
PangoLayout *layout;
PangoContext *context;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
layout = pango_layout_new (context);
if (text)
pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
return layout;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @stock_id: a stock ID
* @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
* render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
* multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
*
* A convenience function that uses the theme engine and style
* settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
* a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
* #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
* such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU.
*
* The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
* the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
* after use with g_object_unref().
*
* Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
* stock ID wasn't known
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
GdkPixbuf*
gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *stock_id,
GtkIconSize size)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkIconSet *icon_set;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID || size == -1, NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
icon_set = gtk_style_context_lookup_icon_set (priv->context, stock_id);
if (icon_set == NULL)
return NULL;
return gtk_icon_set_render_icon_pixbuf (icon_set, priv->context, size);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_render_icon:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @stock_id: a stock ID
* @size: (type int): a stock size. A size of (GtkIconSize)-1 means
* render at the size of the source and don't scale (if there are
* multiple source sizes, GTK+ picks one of the available sizes).
* @detail: (allow-none): render detail to pass to theme engine
*
* A convenience function that uses the theme engine and RC file
* settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
* a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
* #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
* such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. @detail should be a string that
* identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so that
* theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or code.
*
* The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
* the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
* after use with g_object_unref().
*
* Return value: (transfer full): a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the
* stock ID wasn't known
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: Use gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf() instead.
**/
GdkPixbuf*
gtk_widget_render_icon (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *stock_id,
GtkIconSize size,
const gchar *detail)
{
return gtk_widget_render_icon_pixbuf (widget, stock_id, size);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
* @parent_window: the new parent window.
*
* Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *parent_window)
{
GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_parent_window);
if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
{
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window,
parent_window);
if (old_parent_window)
g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
if (parent_window)
g_object_ref (parent_window);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
*
* Gets @widget's parent window.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the parent window of @widget.
**/
GdkWindow *
gtk_widget_get_parent_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkWindow *parent_window;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window :
(priv->parent != NULL) ? priv->parent->priv->window : NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
*
* Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
* is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show().
*
* The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
* a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
* children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
* it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
* is removed from a container.
*
* Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
* queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
* a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
* not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
* can queue a resize itself.
*
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
* never should be called by an application.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean is_visible)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_is_toplevel (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
g_object_ref (widget);
if (is_visible)
priv->child_visible = TRUE;
else
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
priv->child_visible = FALSE;
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (toplevel != widget && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
}
if (priv->parent && gtk_widget_get_realized (priv->parent))
{
if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (priv->parent) &&
priv->child_visible &&
gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_map (widget);
else
gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
* If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
* needs reorganization.
*
* This function is only useful for container implementations and
* never should be called by an application.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->child_visible;
}
static GdkScreen *
gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *toplevel;
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
{
if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
return gtk_window_get_screen (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel));
else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
return gtk_invisible_get_screen (GTK_INVISIBLE (widget));
}
return NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_screen:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
* at the top.
*
* In general, you should only create screen specific
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GdkScreen*
gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkScreen *screen;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
if (screen)
return screen;
else
{
#if 0
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
" for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
" widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
#endif
return gdk_screen_get_default ();
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_has_screen:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
* this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
* screen, and all widgets added into a hierarchy with a toplevel
* window at the top.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
* with the widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_display:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
* this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
* has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
*
* In general, you should only create display specific
* resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
* free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GdkDisplay*
gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_root_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
* only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
* hierarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
*
* The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
* #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
* create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
* and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GdkWindow*
gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_child_focus:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @direction: direction of focus movement
*
* This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
* writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
* to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
* change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
* functions instead.
*
* gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
* around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
* what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
* forward, tab backward). gtk_widget_child_focus() emits the
* #GtkWidget::focus signal; widgets override the default handler
* for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
*
* The default ::focus handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
* moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
* that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
* outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
* call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
* if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) ||
!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
return FALSE;
/* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
* don't have to though.
*/
if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
!gtk_widget_get_can_focus (widget))
return FALSE;
g_signal_emit (widget,
widget_signals[FOCUS],
0,
direction, &return_val);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_keynav_failed:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @direction: direction of focus movement
*
* This function should be called whenever keyboard navigation within
* a single widget hits a boundary. The function emits the
* #GtkWidget::keynav-failed signal on the widget and its return
* value should be interpreted in a way similar to the return value of
* gtk_widget_child_focus():
*
* When %TRUE is returned, stay in the widget, the failed keyboard
* navigation is Ok and/or there is nowhere we can/should move the
* focus to.
*
* When %FALSE is returned, the caller should continue with keyboard
* navigation outside the widget, e.g. by calling
* gtk_widget_child_focus() on the widget's toplevel.
*
* The default ::keynav-failed handler returns %TRUE for
* %GTK_DIR_TAB_FORWARD and %GTK_DIR_TAB_BACKWARD. For the other
* values of #GtkDirectionType, it looks at the
* #GtkSettings:gtk-keynav-cursor-only setting and returns %FALSE
* if the setting is %TRUE. This way the entire user interface
* becomes cursor-navigatable on input devices such as mobile phones
* which only have cursor keys but no tab key.
*
* Whenever the default handler returns %TRUE, it also calls
* gtk_widget_error_bell() to notify the user of the failed keyboard
* navigation.
*
* A use case for providing an own implementation of ::keynav-failed
* (either by connecting to it or by overriding it) would be a row of
* #GtkEntry widgets where the user should be able to navigate the
* entire row with the cursor keys, as e.g. known from user interfaces
* that require entering license keys.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if stopping keyboard navigation is fine, %FALSE
* if the emitting widget should try to handle the keyboard
* navigation attempt in its parent container(s).
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_keynav_failed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkDirectionType direction)
{
gboolean return_val;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[KEYNAV_FAILED], 0,
direction, &return_val);
return return_val;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_error_bell:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Notifies the user about an input-related error on this widget.
* If the #GtkSettings:gtk-error-bell setting is %TRUE, it calls
* gdk_window_beep(), otherwise it does nothing.
*
* Note that the effect of gdk_window_beep() can be configured in many
* ways, depending on the windowing backend and the desktop environment
* or window manager that is used.
*
* Since: 2.12
**/
void
gtk_widget_error_bell (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GtkSettings* settings;
gboolean beep;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
settings = gtk_widget_get_settings (widget);
if (!settings)
return;
g_object_get (settings,
"gtk-error-bell", &beep,
NULL);
if (beep && priv->window)
gdk_window_beep (priv->window);
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height,
GtkQueueResizeFlags flags)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
gboolean changed = FALSE;
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (width > -2 && aux_info->width != width)
{
if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width-request");
aux_info->width = width;
changed = TRUE;
}
if (height > -2 && aux_info->height != height)
{
if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height-request");
aux_info->height = height;
changed = TRUE;
}
if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget) && changed)
{
if ((flags & GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY) == 0)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
else
_gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget, GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
}
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
* @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
*
* Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
* request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
* force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
* would be.
*
* In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
* toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
* still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
* will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
* request. When dealing with window sizes,
* gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
*
* Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
* translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
* can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
* basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
* correct.
*
* The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
* accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
* However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
* its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
* space than it requested.
*
* If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
* the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
*
* Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
* you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
*
* The size request set here does not include any margin from the
* #GtkWidget properties margin-left, margin-right, margin-top, and
* margin-bottom, but it does include pretty much all other padding
* or border properties set by any subclass of #GtkWidget.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint height)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
if (width == 0)
width = 1;
if (height == 0)
height = 1;
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height, 0);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: (out) (allow-none): return location for width, or %NULL
* @height: (out) (allow-none): return location for height, or %NULL
*
* Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). A value of -1 stored in @width or
* @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
* and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
* gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
* actually request, call gtk_widget_get_preferred_size() instead of
* this function.
**/
void
gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *width,
gint *height)
{
const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
if (width)
*width = aux_info->width;
if (height)
*height = aux_info->height;
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_override_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @width: new forced minimum width
* @height: new forced minimum height
* @old_width: location to store previous forced minimum width
* @old_width: location to store previous forced minumum height
*
* Temporarily establishes a forced minimum size for a widget; this
* is used by GtkWindow when calculating the size to add to the
* window's geometry widget. Cached sizes for the widget and its
* parents are invalidated, so that subsequent calls to the size
* negotiation machinery produce the overriden result, but the
* widget is not queued for relayout or redraw. The old size must
* be restored with _gtk_widget_restore_size_request() or things
* will go screwy.
*/
void
_gtk_widget_override_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
int width,
int height,
int *old_width,
int *old_height)
{
gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, old_width, old_height);
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height,
GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_restore_size_request:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @old_width: saved forced minimum size
* @old_height: saved forced minimum size
*
* Undoes the operation of_gtk_widget_override_size_request().
*/
void
_gtk_widget_restore_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
int old_width,
int old_height)
{
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, old_width, old_height,
GTK_QUEUE_RESIZE_INVALIDATE_ONLY);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @events: event mask
*
* Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
* mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
* that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
* changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
* so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
* unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
* already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
* mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
* to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
* and receive events on the event box.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
gint events)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
GINT_TO_POINTER (events));
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_device_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
* @events: event mask
*
* Sets the device event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
* mask determines which events a widget will receive from @device. Keep
* in mind that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
* changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
* so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
* unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_device_events() for widgets that are
* already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
* mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
* to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
* and receive events on the event box.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkEventMask events)
{
GHashTable *device_events;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
g_return_if_fail (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
{
device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
(GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
}
g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device, GUINT_TO_POINTER (events));
}
static void
gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gint events,
GList *window_list)
{
GList *l;
for (l = window_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
{
GdkWindow *window = l->data;
gpointer user_data;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
if (user_data == widget)
{
GList *children;
if (device)
gdk_window_set_device_events (window, device, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
else
gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
children = gdk_window_get_children (window);
gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, children);
g_list_free (children);
}
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
gint events)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GList *window_list;
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
window_list = gdk_window_get_children (priv->window);
else
window_list = g_list_prepend (NULL, priv->window);
gtk_widget_add_events_internal_list (widget, device, events, window_list);
g_list_free (window_list);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
*
* Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
* @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
gint events)
{
gint old_events;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
old_events = GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask,
GINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, NULL, events);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_device_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
* @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
*
* Adds the device events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
* @widget. See gtk_widget_set_device_events() for details.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkEventMask events)
{
GdkEventMask old_events;
GHashTable *device_events;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
old_events = gtk_widget_get_device_events (widget, device);
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_events))
{
device_events = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask, device_events,
(GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_unref);
}
g_hash_table_insert (device_events, device,
GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_events | events));
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_add_events_internal (widget, device, events);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
* @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
* returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
* returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
*
* Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
* <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal>
* would return
* %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
* window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
* inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
* seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
* inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
*
* To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
* is set on the result.
* |[
* GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
* if (gtk_widget_is_toplevel (toplevel))
* {
* /&ast; Perform action on toplevel. &ast;/
* }
* ]|
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself
* if there's no ancestor.
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
while (widget->priv->parent)
widget = widget->priv->parent;
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @widget_type: ancestor type
*
* Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
* <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets
* the first #GtkBox that's an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be
* added to the returned widget; it should not be unreferenced. See note
* about checking for a toplevel #GtkWindow in the docs for
* gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
*
* Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor()
* considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
**/
GtkWidget*
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
GType widget_type)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
while (widget && !g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
widget = widget->priv->parent;
if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
return NULL;
return widget;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_visual:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @visual: visual to be used or %NULL to unset a previous one
*
* Sets the visual that should be used for by widget and its children for
* creating #GdkWindows. The visual must be on the same #GdkScreen as
* returned by gdk_widget_get_screen(), so handling the
* #GtkWidget::screen-changed signal is necessary.
*
* Setting a new @visual will not cause @widget to recreate its windows,
* so you should call this function before @widget is realized.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_visual (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkVisual *visual)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (visual == NULL || GDK_IS_VISUAL (visual));
if (visual)
{
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget) == gdk_visual_get_screen (visual));
}
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_visual,
g_object_ref (visual),
g_object_unref);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_visual:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the visual for @widget
**/
GdkVisual*
gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *w;
GdkVisual *visual;
GdkScreen *screen;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget) &&
widget->priv->window)
return gdk_window_get_visual (widget->priv->window);
screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->priv->parent)
{
visual = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (w), quark_visual);
if (visual)
{
if (gdk_visual_get_screen (visual) == screen)
return visual;
g_warning ("Ignoring visual set on widget `%s' that is not on the correct screen.",
gtk_widget_get_name (widget));
}
}
return gdk_screen_get_system_visual (screen);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_settings:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the settings object holding the settings (global property
* settings, RC file information, etc) used for this widget.
*
* Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
* is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
* to a particular #GdkScreen.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the relevant #GtkSettings object
**/
GtkSettings*
gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
* from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
* will receive.
*
* Return value: event mask for @widget
**/
gint
gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return GPOINTER_TO_INT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_device_events:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @device: a #GdkDevice
*
* Returns the events mask for the widget corresponding to an specific device. These
* are the events that the widget will receive when @device operates on it.
*
* Returns: device event mask for @widget
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
GdkEventMask
gtk_widget_get_device_events (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GHashTable *device_events;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), 0);
device_events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_device_event_mask);
if (!device_events)
return 0;
return GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_hash_table_lookup (device_events, device));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_pointer:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @x: (out) (allow-none): return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
* @y: (out) (allow-none): return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
*
* Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
* Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
* defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
* #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
* @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
**/
void
gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *x,
gint *y)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (x)
*x = -1;
if (y)
*y = -1;
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
{
gdk_window_get_pointer (priv->window, x, y, NULL);
if (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
if (x)
*x -= priv->allocation.x;
if (y)
*y -= priv->allocation.y;
}
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
*
* Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
* intermediate containers.
*
* Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child,
* grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *ancestor)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
while (widget)
{
if (widget->priv->parent == ancestor)
return TRUE;
widget = widget->priv->parent;
}
return FALSE;
}
static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
/**
* gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
* @name: the name to set
*
* Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
* a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *name)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (widget->priv->composite_child);
g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
if (!quark_composite_name)
quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_composite_name,
g_strdup (name),
g_free);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Obtains the composite name of a widget.
*
* Returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
* a composite child. The string should be freed when it is no
* longer needed.
**/
gchar*
gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
if (widget->priv->composite_child && priv->parent)
return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent),
widget);
else
return NULL;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
*
* Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
* the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
*
* A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
* container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
* container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
* see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI
* builders might want to treat them in a different way.
*
* Here is a simple example:
* |[
* gtk_widget_push_composite_child ();
* scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_scrollbar_new (GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, hadjustment);
* gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
* gtk_widget_pop_composite_child ();
* gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar,
* GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
* g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
* ]|
**/
void
gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
{
composite_child_stack++;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
*
* Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
**/
void
gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
{
if (composite_child_stack)
composite_child_stack--;
}
static void
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection old_dir)
{
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_direction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @dir: the new direction
*
* Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
* controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
* and also the direction in which the children of a container are
* packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
* so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
* reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
* let the default reading direction present, except for containers
* where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
* visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
*
* If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
* set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkTextDirection dir)
{
GtkTextDirection old_dir;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
widget->priv->direction = dir;
if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
{
if (widget->priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_direction (widget->priv->context,
gtk_widget_get_direction (widget));
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_direction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
* gtk_widget_set_direction().
*
* Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
return gtk_default_direction;
else
return widget->priv->direction;
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
{
GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
g_object_ref (widget);
if (widget->priv->direction == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
data);
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
* @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
* %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
*
* Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
* direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
{
g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
{
GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
gtk_default_direction = dir;
tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
while (tmp_list)
{
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
}
g_list_free (toplevels);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
*
* Obtains the current default reading direction. See
* gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
*
* Return value: the current default direction.
**/
GtkTextDirection
gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
{
return gtk_default_direction;
}
static void
gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->parent)
gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (priv->parent), widget);
else if (gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_hide (widget);
priv->visible = FALSE;
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
if (!priv->in_destruction)
{
priv->in_destruction = TRUE;
g_signal_emit (object, widget_signals[DESTROY], 0);
priv->in_destruction = FALSE;
}
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->dispose (object);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkWidget *object)
{
/* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
/* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
/* Callers of add_mnemonic_label() should disconnect on ::destroy */
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels, NULL);
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
g_object_unref (priv->style);
priv->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
g_object_ref (priv->style);
}
static void
gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
{
GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
GtkAccessible *accessible;
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
g_object_unref (priv->style);
priv->style = NULL;
g_free (priv->name);
aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
if (aux_info)
gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
if (accessible)
g_object_unref (accessible);
if (priv->path)
gtk_widget_path_free (priv->path);
if (priv->context)
g_object_unref (priv->context);
if (g_object_is_floating (object))
g_warning ("A floating object was finalized. This means that someone\n"
"called g_object_unref() on an object that had only a floating\n"
"reference; the initial floating reference is not owned by anyone\n"
"and must be removed with g_object_ref_sink().");
G_OBJECT_CLASS (gtk_widget_parent_class)->finalize (object);
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_map:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget));
if (!gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, TRUE);
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_show (priv->window);
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_unmap:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, FALSE);
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_hide (priv->window);
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_realize:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
g_assert (!gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, TRUE);
if (priv->parent)
{
priv->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
g_object_ref (priv->window);
}
priv->style = gtk_style_attach (priv->style, priv->window);
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
if (gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
gtk_widget_real_unmap (widget);
gtk_widget_set_mapped (widget, FALSE);
/* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
*/
/* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
* gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
* So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem
* (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
*/
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
NULL);
gtk_style_detach (priv->style);
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
{
gdk_window_set_user_data (priv->window, NULL);
gdk_window_destroy (priv->window);
priv->window = NULL;
}
else
{
g_object_unref (priv->window);
priv->window = NULL;
}
gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
gtk_widget_set_realized (widget, FALSE);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_adjust_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size)
{
const GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL &&
aux_info->width > 0)
{
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->width);
}
else if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL &&
aux_info->height > 0)
{
*minimum_size = MAX (*minimum_size, aux_info->height);
}
/* Fix it if set_size_request made natural size smaller than min size.
* This would also silently fix broken widgets, but we warn about them
* in gtksizerequest.c when calling their size request vfuncs.
*/
*natural_size = MAX (*natural_size, *minimum_size);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
*minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
*natural_size += (aux_info->margin.left + aux_info->margin.right);
}
else
{
*minimum_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
*natural_size += (aux_info->margin.top + aux_info->margin.bottom);
}
}
/**
* _gtk_widget_peek_request_cache:
*
* Returns the address of the widget's request cache (strictly for
* internal use in gtksizerequest.c)
*
* Return value: the address of @widget's size request cache.
**/
gpointer
_gtk_widget_peek_request_cache (GtkWidget *widget)
{
/* Don't bother slowing things down with the return_if_fail guards here */
return &widget->priv->requests;
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_set_device_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
* @device: a #GdkDevice.
* @window: the new device window.
*
* Sets pointer window for @widget and @device. Does not ref @window.
* Actually stores it on the #GdkScreen, but you don't need to know that.
*/
void
_gtk_widget_set_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkWindow *window)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkScreen *screen;
GHashTable *device_window;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device));
g_return_if_fail (!window || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return;
screen = gdk_window_get_screen (priv->window);
device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
{
device_window = g_hash_table_new (NULL, NULL);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (screen),
quark_pointer_window,
device_window,
(GDestroyNotify) g_hash_table_destroy);
}
if (window)
g_hash_table_insert (device_window, device, window);
else
g_hash_table_remove (device_window, device);
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_get_device_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
* @device: a #GdkDevice.
*
* Return value: the device window set on the #GdkScreen @widget is attached
* to, or %NULL.
*/
GdkWindow *
_gtk_widget_get_device_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkDevice *device)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkScreen *screen;
GHashTable *device_window;
GdkWindow *window;
GtkWidget *w;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (GDK_IS_DEVICE (device), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return NULL;
screen = gdk_window_get_screen (priv->window);
device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
return NULL;
window = g_hash_table_lookup (device_window, device);
if (!window)
return NULL;
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, (gpointer *) &w);
if (widget != w)
return NULL;
return window;
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_list_devices:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget.
*
* Returns the list of #GdkDevices that is currently on top of any widget #GdkWindow.
* Free the list with g_list_free(), the elements are owned by GTK+ and must not
* be freed.
*/
GList *
_gtk_widget_list_devices (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
GdkScreen *screen;
GHashTableIter iter;
GHashTable *device_window;
GList *devices = NULL;
gpointer key, value;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
if (!gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
return NULL;
screen = gdk_window_get_screen (priv->window);
device_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (screen), quark_pointer_window);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!device_window))
return NULL;
g_hash_table_iter_init (&iter, device_window);
while (g_hash_table_iter_next (&iter, &key, &value))
{
GdkDevice *device = key;
GdkWindow *window = value;
GtkWidget *w;
if (window)
{
gdk_window_get_user_data (window, (gpointer *) &w);
if (widget == w)
devices = g_list_prepend (devices, device);
}
}
return devices;
}
static void
synth_crossing (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEventType type,
GdkWindow *window,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkCrossingMode mode,
GdkNotifyType detail)
{
GdkEvent *event;
event = gdk_event_new (type);
event->crossing.window = g_object_ref (window);
event->crossing.send_event = TRUE;
event->crossing.subwindow = g_object_ref (window);
event->crossing.time = GDK_CURRENT_TIME;
event->crossing.x = event->crossing.y = 0;
event->crossing.x_root = event->crossing.y_root = 0;
event->crossing.mode = mode;
event->crossing.detail = detail;
event->crossing.focus = FALSE;
event->crossing.state = 0;
gdk_event_set_device (event, device);
if (!widget)
widget = gtk_get_event_widget (event);
if (widget)
gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
gdk_event_free (event);
}
/*
* _gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing:
* @from: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is leaving.
* @to: the #GtkWidget the virtual pointer is moving to.
* @mode: the #GdkCrossingMode to place on the synthesized events.
*
* Generate crossing event(s) on widget state (sensitivity) or GTK+ grab change.
*
* The real pointer window is the window that most recently received an enter notify
* event. Windows that don't select for crossing events can't become the real
* poiner window. The real pointer widget that owns the real pointer window. The
* effective pointer window is the same as the real pointer window unless the real
* pointer widget is either insensitive or there is a grab on a widget that is not
* an ancestor of the real pointer widget (in which case the effective pointer
* window should be the root window).
*
* When the effective pointer window is the same as the real poiner window, we
* receive crossing events from the windowing system. When the effective pointer
* window changes to become different from the real pointer window we synthesize
* crossing events, attempting to follow X protocol rules:
*
* When the root window becomes the effective pointer window:
* - leave notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
* - leave notify on all of its ancestors, detail Virtual
* - enter notify on root window, detail Inferior
*
* When the root window ceases to be the effective pointer window:
* - leave notify on root window, detail Inferior
* - enter notify on all ancestors of real pointer window, detail Virtual
* - enter notify on real pointer window, detail Ancestor
*/
void
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (GtkWidget *from,
GtkWidget *to,
GdkDevice *device,
GdkCrossingMode mode)
{
GdkWindow *from_window = NULL, *to_window = NULL;
g_return_if_fail (from != NULL || to != NULL);
if (from != NULL)
{
from_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (from, device);
if (!from_window)
from_window = from->priv->window;
}
if (to != NULL)
{
to_window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (to, device);
if (!to_window)
to_window = to->priv->window;
}
if (from_window == NULL && to_window == NULL)
;
else if (from_window != NULL && to_window == NULL)
{
GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window;
while (from_ancestor != NULL)
{
from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
if (from_ancestor == NULL)
break;
from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
}
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
/* XXX: enter/inferior on root window? */
g_list_free (from_ancestors);
}
else if (from_window == NULL && to_window != NULL)
{
GList *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *to_ancestor = to_window;
while (to_ancestor != NULL)
{
to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
if (to_ancestor == NULL)
break;
to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
}
/* XXX: leave/inferior on root window? */
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
g_list_free (to_ancestors);
}
else if (from_window == to_window)
;
else
{
GList *from_ancestors = NULL, *to_ancestors = NULL, *list;
GdkWindow *from_ancestor = from_window, *to_ancestor = to_window;
while (from_ancestor != NULL || to_ancestor != NULL)
{
if (from_ancestor != NULL)
{
from_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (from_ancestor);
if (from_ancestor == to_window)
break;
if (from_ancestor)
from_ancestors = g_list_prepend (from_ancestors, from_ancestor);
}
if (to_ancestor != NULL)
{
to_ancestor = gdk_window_get_effective_parent (to_ancestor);
if (to_ancestor == from_window)
break;
if (to_ancestor)
to_ancestors = g_list_prepend (to_ancestors, to_ancestor);
}
}
if (to_ancestor == from_window)
{
if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_UNGRAB)
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
}
else if (from_ancestor == to_window)
{
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_ANCESTOR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_VIRTUAL);
}
if (mode != GDK_CROSSING_GTK_GRAB)
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_INFERIOR);
}
else
{
while (from_ancestors != NULL && to_ancestors != NULL
&& from_ancestors->data == to_ancestors->data)
{
from_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (from_ancestors,
from_ancestors);
to_ancestors = g_list_delete_link (to_ancestors, to_ancestors);
}
synth_crossing (from, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, from_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
for (list = g_list_last (from_ancestors); list; list = list->prev)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
}
for (list = to_ancestors; list; list = list->next)
{
synth_crossing (NULL, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, (GdkWindow *) list->data,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR_VIRTUAL);
}
synth_crossing (to, GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY, to_window,
device, mode, GDK_NOTIFY_NONLINEAR);
}
g_list_free (from_ancestors);
g_list_free (to_ancestors);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkStateData *data)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
GtkStateFlags new_flags, old_flags = priv->state_flags;
GtkStateType old_state;
old_state = gtk_widget_get_state (widget);
if (!priv->parent_sensitive)
old_flags |= GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE;
priv->parent_sensitive = data->parent_sensitive;
switch (data->operation)
{
case STATE_CHANGE_REPLACE:
priv->state_flags = data->flags;
break;
case STATE_CHANGE_SET:
priv->state_flags |= data->flags;
break;
case STATE_CHANGE_UNSET:
priv->state_flags &= ~(data->flags);
break;
}
if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
{
GtkWidget *window;
window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
if (window && gtk_widget_is_toplevel (window))
gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
}
new_flags = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
if (old_flags != new_flags)
{
g_object_ref (widget);
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget) && gtk_widget_has_grab (widget))
gtk_grab_remove (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_FLAGS_CHANGED], 0, old_flags);
if (!priv->shadowed)
{
GList *event_windows = NULL;
GList *devices, *d;
devices = _gtk_widget_list_devices (widget);
for (d = devices; d; d = d->next)
{
GdkWindow *window;
GdkDevice *device;
device = d->data;
window = _gtk_widget_get_device_window (widget, device);
/* Do not propagate more than once to the
* same window if non-multidevice aware.
*/
if (!gdk_window_get_support_multidevice (window) &&
g_list_find (event_windows, window))
continue;
if (!gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget))
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (widget, NULL, d->data,
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
else if (old_flags & GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE)
_gtk_widget_synthesize_crossing (NULL, widget, d->data,
GDK_CROSSING_STATE_CHANGED);
event_windows = g_list_prepend (event_windows, window);
}
g_list_free (event_windows);
g_list_free (devices);
}
if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
{
data->parent_sensitive = gtk_widget_is_sensitive (widget);
/* Do not propagate insensitive state further */
data->flags &= ~(GTK_STATE_FLAG_INSENSITIVE);
if (data->use_forall)
gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
data);
else
gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
(GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
data);
}
/* Trigger state change transitions for the widget */
if (priv->context &&
gtk_widget_get_mapped (widget))
{
gint diff, flag = 1;
GdkWindow *window;
diff = old_flags ^ new_flags;
window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
while (diff != 0)
{
if ((diff & flag) != 0)
{
gboolean target;
target = ((new_flags & flag) != 0);
_gtk_widget_notify_state_change (widget, flag, target);
diff &= ~flag;
}
flag <<= 1;
}
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
}
static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo default_aux_info = {
-1, -1,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
GTK_ALIGN_FILL,
{ 0, 0, 0, 0 }
};
/*
* _gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
*
* Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
*
* Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
* %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
*/
GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean create)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
if (!aux_info && create)
{
aux_info = g_slice_new0 (GtkWidgetAuxInfo);
*aux_info = default_aux_info;
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
}
return aux_info;
}
static const GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
_gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
if (aux_info == NULL)
{
return &default_aux_info;
}
else
{
return aux_info;
}
}
/*****************************************
* gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
*
* arguments:
*
* results:
*****************************************/
static void
gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
{
g_slice_free (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_shape_combine_region:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
*
* Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
* transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_region()
* for more information.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (region == NULL)
{
priv->has_shape_mask = FALSE;
if (priv->window)
gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
}
else
{
priv->has_shape_mask = TRUE;
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info,
cairo_region_copy (region),
(GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
/* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
* otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
*/
if (priv->window)
gdk_window_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @region: (allow-none): shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape
*
* Sets an input shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
* windows which react to mouse click in a nonrectangular region, see
* gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region() for more information.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_input_shape_combine_region (GtkWidget *widget,
cairo_region_t *region)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
/* set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
g_return_if_fail (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
if (region == NULL)
{
if (priv->window)
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, NULL, 0, 0);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info, NULL);
}
else
{
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_input_shape_info,
cairo_region_copy (region),
(GDestroyNotify) cairo_region_destroy);
/* set shape if widget has a gdk window already.
* otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize().
*/
if (priv->window)
gdk_window_input_shape_combine_region (priv->window, region, 0, 0);
}
}
/* style properties
*/
/**
* gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the style property
* @parser: the parser for the style property
*
* Installs a style property on a widget class.
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
GParamSpec *pspec,
GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass), FALSE))
{
g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (klass),
pspec->name);
return;
}
g_param_spec_ref_sink (pspec);
g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass));
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_install_style_property:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @pspec: the #GParamSpec for the property
*
* Installs a style property on a widget class. The parser for the
* style property is determined by the value type of @pspec.
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
GParamSpec *pspec)
{
GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (klass));
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (klass, pspec, parser);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @property_name: the name of the style property to find
* @returns: (allow-none): the #GParamSpec of the style property or %NULL if @class has no
* style property with that name.
*
* Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
GParamSpec*
gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
const gchar *property_name)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
property_name,
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
TRUE);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
* @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
* @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
* @returns: an newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must
* be freed with g_free().
*
* Returns all style properties of a widget class.
*
* Since: 2.2
*/
GParamSpec**
gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
guint *n_properties)
{
GParamSpec **pspecs;
guint n;
pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
&n);
if (n_properties)
*n_properties = n;
return pspecs;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_style_get_property:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @property_name: the name of a style property
* @value: location to return the property value
*
* Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
*/
void
gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *property_name,
GValue *value)
{
GParamSpec *pspec;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
g_object_ref (widget);
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
property_name,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
TRUE);
if (!pspec)
g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
G_STRLOC,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
property_name);
else
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
const GValue *peek_value;
GtkStateFlags state;
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
state, pspec);
/* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
*/
if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
else
g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
pspec->name,
g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
* @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
* locations to return the property values, starting with the location
* for @first_property_name.
*
* Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language
* bindings.
*/
void
gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *first_property_name,
va_list var_args)
{
GtkStyleContext *context;
GtkStateFlags state;
const gchar *name;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_ref (widget);
context = gtk_widget_get_style_context (widget);
state = gtk_widget_get_state_flags (widget);
name = first_property_name;
while (name)
{
const GValue *peek_value;
GParamSpec *pspec;
gchar *error;
pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
name,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
TRUE);
if (!pspec)
{
g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
G_STRLOC,
G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
name);
break;
}
/* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
peek_value = _gtk_style_context_peek_style_property (context,
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
state, pspec);
G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
if (error)
{
g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
g_free (error);
break;
}
name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
}
g_object_unref (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_style_get:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
* @Varargs: pairs of property names and locations to
* return the property values, starting with the location for
* @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
*
* Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
*/
void
gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *first_property_name,
...)
{
va_list var_args;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
va_end (var_args);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store length of the path,
* or %NULL
* @path: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated path string,
* or %NULL
* @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none): location to store allocated reverse
* path string, or %NULL
*
* Obtains the full path to @widget. The path is simply the name of a
* widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by
* periods. The name of a widget comes from
* gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget
* in gtkrc configuration files. Widget names are the type of the
* widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an
* application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name(). By setting
* the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply
* styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc
* file. @path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order,
* i.e. starting with @widget's name instead of starting with the name
* of @widget's outermost ancestor.
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_path() instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_path (GtkWidget *widget,
guint *path_length,
gchar **path,
gchar **path_reversed)
{
static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
guint len;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
len = 0;
do
{
const gchar *string;
const gchar *s;
gchar *d;
guint l;
string = gtk_widget_get_name (widget);
l = strlen (string);
while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
{
tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
}
s = string + l - 1;
d = rev_path + len;
while (s >= string)
*(d++) = *(s--);
len += l;
widget = widget->priv->parent;
if (widget)
rev_path[len++] = '.';
else
rev_path[len++] = 0;
}
while (widget);
if (path_length)
*path_length = len - 1;
if (path_reversed)
*path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
if (path)
{
*path = g_strdup (rev_path);
g_strreverse (*path);
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_class_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @path_length: (out) (allow-none): location to store the length of the
* class path, or %NULL
* @path: (out) (allow-none): location to store the class path as an
* allocated string, or %NULL
* @path_reversed: (out) (allow-none): location to store the reverse
* class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
*
* Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type,
* never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().
*
* Deprecated:3.0: Use gtk_widget_get_path() instead
**/
void
gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
guint *path_length,
gchar **path,
gchar **path_reversed)
{
static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
guint len;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
len = 0;
do
{
const gchar *string;
const gchar *s;
gchar *d;
guint l;
string = g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
l = strlen (string);
while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
{
tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
}
s = string + l - 1;
d = rev_path + len;
while (s >= string)
*(d++) = *(s--);
len += l;
widget = widget->priv->parent;
if (widget)
rev_path[len++] = '.';
else
rev_path[len++] = 0;
}
while (widget);
if (path_length)
*path_length = len - 1;
if (path_reversed)
*path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
if (path)
{
*path = g_strdup (rev_path);
g_strreverse (*path);
}
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_new:
*
* Allocates a new #GtkRequisition structure and initializes its elements to zero.
*
* Returns: a new empty #GtkRequisition. The newly allocated #GtkRequisition should
* be freed with gtk_requisition_free().
*
* Since: 3.0
*/
GtkRequisition *
gtk_requisition_new (void)
{
return g_slice_new0 (GtkRequisition);
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_copy:
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
*
* Copies a #GtkRequisition.
*
* Returns: a copy of @requisition
**/
GtkRequisition *
gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
return g_slice_dup (GtkRequisition, requisition);
}
/**
* gtk_requisition_free:
* @requisition: a #GtkRequisition
*
* Frees a #GtkRequisition.
**/
void
gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
g_slice_free (GtkRequisition, requisition);
}
G_DEFINE_BOXED_TYPE (GtkRequisition, gtk_requisition,
gtk_requisition_copy,
gtk_requisition_free)
/**
* gtk_widget_get_accessible:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the accessible object that describes the widget to an
* assistive technology.
*
* If no accessibility library is loaded (i.e. no ATK implementation library is
* loaded via <envar>GTK_MODULES</envar> or via another application library,
* such as libgnome), then this #AtkObject instance may be a no-op. Likewise,
* if no class-specific #AtkObject implementation is available for the widget
* instance in question, it will inherit an #AtkObject implementation from the
* first ancestor class for which such an implementation is defined.
*
* The documentation of the
* <ulink url="http://library.gnome.org/devel/atk/stable/">ATK</ulink>
* library contains more information about accessible objects and their uses.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): the #AtkObject associated with @widget
*/
AtkObject*
gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetClass *klass;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
return klass->get_accessible (widget);
}
static AtkObject*
gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
{
AtkObject* accessible;
accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_accessible_object);
if (!accessible)
{
AtkObjectFactory *factory;
AtkRegistry *default_registry;
default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry,
G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
accessible =
atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
G_OBJECT (widget));
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_accessible_object,
accessible);
}
return accessible;
}
/*
* Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
* appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
*/
static void
gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
{
iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
}
static AtkObject*
gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
if (accessible)
g_object_ref (accessible);
return accessible;
}
/*
* Expand flag management
*/
static void
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->need_compute_expand)
{
gboolean h, v;
if (priv->hexpand_set)
h = priv->hexpand;
else
h = FALSE;
if (priv->vexpand_set)
v = priv->vexpand;
else
v = FALSE;
/* we don't need to use compute_expand if both expands are
* forced by the app
*/
if (!(priv->hexpand_set && priv->vexpand_set))
{
if (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand != NULL)
{
gboolean ignored;
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->compute_expand (widget,
priv->hexpand_set ? &ignored : &h,
priv->vexpand_set ? &ignored : &v);
}
}
priv->need_compute_expand = FALSE;
priv->computed_hexpand = h != FALSE;
priv->computed_vexpand = v != FALSE;
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Mark @widget as needing to recompute its expand flags. Call
* this function when setting legacy expand child properties
* on the child of a container.
*
* See gtk_widget_compute_expand().
*/
void
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
gboolean changed_anything;
if (widget->priv->need_compute_expand)
return;
changed_anything = FALSE;
parent = widget;
while (parent != NULL)
{
if (!parent->priv->need_compute_expand)
{
parent->priv->need_compute_expand = TRUE;
changed_anything = TRUE;
}
/* Note: if we had an invariant that "if a child needs to
* compute expand, its parents also do" then we could stop going
* up when we got to a parent that already needed to
* compute. However, in general we compute expand lazily (as
* soon as we see something in a subtree that is expand, we know
* we're expanding) and so this invariant does not hold and we
* have to always walk all the way up in case some ancestor
* is not currently need_compute_expand.
*/
parent = parent->priv->parent;
}
/* recomputing expand always requires
* a relayout as well
*/
if (changed_anything)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_compute_expand:
* @widget: the widget
* @orientation: expand direction
*
* Computes whether a container should give this widget extra space
* when possible. Containers should check this, rather than
* looking at gtk_widget_get_hexpand() or gtk_widget_get_vexpand().
*
* This function already checks whether the widget is visible, so
* visibility does not need to be checked separately. Non-visible
* widgets are not expanded.
*
* The computed expand value uses either the expand setting explicitly
* set on the widget itself, or, if none has been explicitly set,
* the widget may expand if some of its children do.
*
* Return value: whether widget tree rooted here should be expanded
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_compute_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
/* We never make a widget expand if not even showing. */
if (!gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
return FALSE;
gtk_widget_update_computed_expand (widget);
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
return widget->priv->computed_hexpand;
}
else
{
return widget->priv->computed_vexpand;
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_expand (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gboolean expand)
{
const char *expand_prop;
const char *expand_set_prop;
gboolean was_both;
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
expand = expand != FALSE;
was_both = priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
if (priv->hexpand_set &&
priv->hexpand == expand)
return;
priv->hexpand_set = TRUE;
priv->hexpand = expand;
expand_prop = "hexpand";
expand_set_prop = "hexpand-set";
}
else
{
if (priv->vexpand_set &&
priv->vexpand == expand)
return;
priv->vexpand_set = TRUE;
priv->vexpand = expand;
expand_prop = "vexpand";
expand_set_prop = "vexpand-set";
}
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_prop);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), expand_set_prop);
if (was_both != (priv->hexpand && priv->vexpand))
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "expand");
g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
}
static void
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkOrientation orientation,
gboolean set)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
const char *prop;
priv = widget->priv;
set = set != FALSE;
if (orientation == GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL)
{
if (set == priv->hexpand_set)
return;
priv->hexpand_set = set;
prop = "hexpand-set";
}
else
{
if (set == priv->vexpand_set)
return;
priv->vexpand_set = set;
prop = "vexpand-set";
}
gtk_widget_queue_compute_expand (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), prop);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
* space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
* expand.
*
* Containers should use gtk_widget_compute_expand() rather than
* this function, to see whether a widget, or any of its children,
* has the expand flag set. If any child of a widget wants to
* expand, the parent may ask to expand also.
*
* This function only looks at the widget's own hexpand flag, rather
* than computing whether the entire widget tree rooted at this widget
* wants to expand.
*
* Return value: whether hexpand flag is set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->hexpand;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand:
* @widget: the widget
* @expand: whether to expand
*
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra horizontal
* space. When a user resizes a #GtkWindow, widgets with expand=TRUE
* generally receive the extra space. For example, a list or
* scrollable area or document in your window would often be set to
* expand.
*
* Call this function to set the expand flag if you would like your
* widget to become larger horizontally when the window has extra
* room.
*
* By default, widgets automatically expand if any of their children
* want to expand. (To see if a widget will automatically expand given
* its current children and state, call gtk_widget_compute_expand(). A
* container can decide how the expandability of children affects the
* expansion of the container by overriding the compute_expand virtual
* method on #GtkWidget.).
*
* Setting hexpand explicitly with this function will override the
* automatic expand behavior.
*
* This function forces the widget to expand or not to expand,
* regardless of children. The override occurs because
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand() sets the hexpand-set property (see
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set()) which causes the widget's hexpand
* value to be used, rather than looking at children and widget state.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_hexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean expand)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, expand);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_hexpand() has been used to
* explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
*
* If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
* expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
* set, then the expand value depends on whether any
* children of the widget would like to expand.
*
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
* for completeness and consistency.
*
* Return value: whether hexpand has been explicitly set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->hexpand_set;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
* @set: value for hexpand-set property
*
* Sets whether the hexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_hexpand()) will
* be used.
*
* The hexpand-set property will be set automatically when you call
* gtk_widget_set_hexpand() to set hexpand, so the most likely
* reason to use this function would be to unset an explicit expand
* flag.
*
* If hexpand is set, then it overrides any computed
* expand value based on child widgets. If hexpand is not
* set, then the expand value depends on whether any
* children of the widget would like to expand.
*
* There are few reasons to use this function, but it's here
* for completeness and consistency.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean set)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL, set);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
* space.
*
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand() for more detail.
*
* Return value: whether vexpand flag is set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->vexpand;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand:
* @widget: the widget
* @expand: whether to expand
*
* Sets whether the widget would like any available extra vertical
* space.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_hexpand() for more detail.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_vexpand (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean expand)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, expand);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
*
* Gets whether gtk_widget_set_vexpand() has been used to
* explicitly set the expand flag on this widget.
*
* See gtk_widget_get_hexpand_set() for more detail.
*
* Return value: whether vexpand has been explicitly set
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->vexpand_set;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set:
* @widget: the widget
* @set: value for vexpand-set property
*
* Sets whether the vexpand flag (see gtk_widget_get_vexpand()) will
* be used.
*
* See gtk_widget_set_hexpand_set() for more detail.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_vexpand_set (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean set)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
gtk_widget_set_expand_set (widget, GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, set);
}
/*
* GtkBuildable implementation
*/
static GQuark quark_builder_has_default = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_has_focus = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_atk_relations = 0;
static GQuark quark_builder_set_name = 0;
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_interface_init (GtkBuildableIface *iface)
{
quark_builder_has_default = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-default");
quark_builder_has_focus = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-has-focus");
quark_builder_atk_relations = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-atk-relations");
quark_builder_set_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-builder-set-name");
iface->set_name = gtk_widget_buildable_set_name;
iface->get_name = gtk_widget_buildable_get_name;
iface->get_internal_child = gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child;
iface->set_buildable_property = gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property;
iface->parser_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished;
iface->custom_tag_start = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start;
iface->custom_finished = gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished;
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_set_name (GtkBuildable *buildable,
const gchar *name)
{
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name,
g_strdup (name), g_free);
}
static const gchar *
gtk_widget_buildable_get_name (GtkBuildable *buildable)
{
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_set_name);
}
static GObject *
gtk_widget_buildable_get_internal_child (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *childname)
{
if (strcmp (childname, "accessible") == 0)
return G_OBJECT (gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable)));
return NULL;
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_set_buildable_property (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
const gchar *name,
const GValue *value)
{
if (strcmp (name, "has-default") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default,
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
else if (strcmp (name, "has-focus") == 0 && g_value_get_boolean (value))
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus,
GINT_TO_POINTER (TRUE));
else
g_object_set_property (G_OBJECT (buildable), name, value);
}
typedef struct
{
gchar *action_name;
GString *description;
gchar *context;
gboolean translatable;
} AtkActionData;
typedef struct
{
gchar *target;
gchar *type;
} AtkRelationData;
static void
free_action (AtkActionData *data, gpointer user_data)
{
g_free (data->action_name);
g_string_free (data->description, TRUE);
g_free (data->context);
g_slice_free (AtkActionData, data);
}
static void
free_relation (AtkRelationData *data, gpointer user_data)
{
g_free (data->target);
g_free (data->type);
g_slice_free (AtkRelationData, data);
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_parser_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder)
{
GSList *atk_relations;
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_default))
gtk_widget_grab_default (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
if (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_has_focus))
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
atk_relations = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable),
quark_builder_atk_relations);
if (atk_relations)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
AtkRelationSet *relation_set;
GSList *l;
GObject *target;
AtkRelationType relation_type;
AtkObject *target_accessible;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
relation_set = atk_object_ref_relation_set (accessible);
for (l = atk_relations; l; l = l->next)
{
AtkRelationData *relation = (AtkRelationData*)l->data;
target = gtk_builder_get_object (builder, relation->target);
if (!target)
{
g_warning ("Target object %s in <relation> does not exist",
relation->target);
continue;
}
target_accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (target));
g_assert (target_accessible != NULL);
relation_type = atk_relation_type_for_name (relation->type);
if (relation_type == ATK_RELATION_NULL)
{
g_warning ("<relation> type %s not found",
relation->type);
continue;
}
atk_relation_set_add_relation_by_type (relation_set, relation_type,
target_accessible);
}
g_object_unref (relation_set);
g_slist_foreach (atk_relations, (GFunc)free_relation, NULL);
g_slist_free (atk_relations);
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
NULL);
}
}
typedef struct
{
GSList *actions;
GSList *relations;
} AccessibilitySubParserData;
static void
accessibility_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
guint i;
gint line_number, char_number;
if (strcmp (element_name, "relation") == 0)
{
gchar *target = NULL;
gchar *type = NULL;
AtkRelationData *relation;
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
{
if (strcmp (names[i], "target") == 0)
target = g_strdup (values[i]);
else if (strcmp (names[i], "type") == 0)
type = g_strdup (values[i]);
else
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, names[i], "relation");
g_free (target);
g_free (type);
return;
}
}
if (!target || !type)
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, "relation",
type ? "target" : "type");
g_free (target);
g_free (type);
return;
}
relation = g_slice_new (AtkRelationData);
relation->target = target;
relation->type = type;
data->relations = g_slist_prepend (data->relations, relation);
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "action") == 0)
{
const gchar *action_name = NULL;
const gchar *description = NULL;
const gchar *msg_context = NULL;
gboolean translatable = FALSE;
AtkActionData *action;
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
{
if (strcmp (names[i], "action_name") == 0)
action_name = values[i];
else if (strcmp (names[i], "description") == 0)
description = values[i];
else if (strcmp (names[i], "translatable") == 0)
{
if (!_gtk_builder_boolean_from_string (values[i], &translatable, error))
return;
}
else if (strcmp (names[i], "comments") == 0)
{
/* do nothing, comments are for translators */
}
else if (strcmp (names[i], "context") == 0)
msg_context = values[i];
else
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_INVALID_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d '%s' is not a valid attribute of <%s>",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, names[i], "action");
return;
}
}
if (!action_name)
{
g_markup_parse_context_get_position (context,
&line_number,
&char_number);
g_set_error (error,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR,
GTK_BUILDER_ERROR_MISSING_ATTRIBUTE,
"%s:%d:%d <%s> requires attribute \"%s\"",
"<input>",
line_number, char_number, "action",
"action_name");
return;
}
action = g_slice_new (AtkActionData);
action->action_name = g_strdup (action_name);
action->description = g_string_new (description);
action->context = g_strdup (msg_context);
action->translatable = translatable;
data->actions = g_slist_prepend (data->actions, action);
}
else if (strcmp (element_name, "accessibility") == 0)
;
else
g_warning ("Unsupported tag for GtkWidget: %s\n", element_name);
}
static void
accessibility_text (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *text,
gsize text_len,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (strcmp (g_markup_parse_context_get_element (context), "action") == 0)
{
AtkActionData *action = data->actions->data;
g_string_append_len (action->description, text, text_len);
}
}
static const GMarkupParser accessibility_parser =
{
accessibility_start_element,
NULL,
accessibility_text,
};
typedef struct
{
GObject *object;
guint key;
guint modifiers;
gchar *signal;
} AccelGroupParserData;
static void
accel_group_start_element (GMarkupParseContext *context,
const gchar *element_name,
const gchar **names,
const gchar **values,
gpointer user_data,
GError **error)
{
gint i;
guint key = 0;
guint modifiers = 0;
gchar *signal = NULL;
AccelGroupParserData *parser_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
for (i = 0; names[i]; i++)
{
if (strcmp (names[i], "key") == 0)
key = gdk_keyval_from_name (values[i]);
else if (strcmp (names[i], "modifiers") == 0)
{
if (!_gtk_builder_flags_from_string (GDK_TYPE_MODIFIER_TYPE,
values[i],
&modifiers,
error))
return;
}
else if (strcmp (names[i], "signal") == 0)
signal = g_strdup (values[i]);
}
if (key == 0 || signal == NULL)
{
g_warning ("<accelerator> requires key and signal attributes");
return;
}
parser_data->key = key;
parser_data->modifiers = modifiers;
parser_data->signal = signal;
}
static const GMarkupParser accel_group_parser =
{
accel_group_start_element,
};
static gboolean
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_tag_start (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
GMarkupParser *parser,
gpointer *data)
{
g_assert (buildable);
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
{
AccelGroupParserData *parser_data;
parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccelGroupParserData);
parser_data->object = g_object_ref (buildable);
*parser = accel_group_parser;
*data = parser_data;
return TRUE;
}
if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
{
AccessibilitySubParserData *parser_data;
parser_data = g_slice_new0 (AccessibilitySubParserData);
*parser = accessibility_parser;
*data = parser_data;
return TRUE;
}
return FALSE;
}
void
_gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *toplevel,
gpointer user_data)
{
AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
GSList *accel_groups;
GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (toplevel));
g_return_if_fail (user_data != NULL);
accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
accel_groups = gtk_accel_groups_from_object (G_OBJECT (toplevel));
if (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 0)
{
accel_group = gtk_accel_group_new ();
gtk_window_add_accel_group (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), accel_group);
}
else
{
g_assert (g_slist_length (accel_groups) == 1);
accel_group = g_slist_nth_data (accel_groups, 0);
}
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object),
accel_data->signal,
accel_group,
accel_data->key,
accel_data->modifiers,
GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE);
g_object_unref (accel_data->object);
g_free (accel_data->signal);
g_slice_free (AccelGroupParserData, accel_data);
}
static void
gtk_widget_buildable_custom_finished (GtkBuildable *buildable,
GtkBuilder *builder,
GObject *child,
const gchar *tagname,
gpointer user_data)
{
AccelGroupParserData *accel_data;
AccessibilitySubParserData *a11y_data;
GtkWidget *toplevel;
if (strcmp (tagname, "accelerator") == 0)
{
accel_data = (AccelGroupParserData*)user_data;
g_assert (accel_data->object);
toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GTK_WIDGET (accel_data->object));
_gtk_widget_buildable_finish_accelerator (GTK_WIDGET (buildable), toplevel, user_data);
}
else if (strcmp (tagname, "accessibility") == 0)
{
a11y_data = (AccessibilitySubParserData*)user_data;
if (a11y_data->actions)
{
AtkObject *accessible;
AtkAction *action;
gint i, n_actions;
GSList *l;
accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (buildable));
action = ATK_ACTION (accessible);
n_actions = atk_action_get_n_actions (action);
for (l = a11y_data->actions; l; l = l->next)
{
AtkActionData *action_data = (AtkActionData*)l->data;
for (i = 0; i < n_actions; i++)
if (strcmp (atk_action_get_name (action, i),
action_data->action_name) == 0)
break;
if (i < n_actions)
{
gchar *description;
if (action_data->translatable && action_data->description->len)
description = _gtk_builder_parser_translate (gtk_builder_get_translation_domain (builder),
action_data->context,
action_data->description->str);
else
description = action_data->description->str;
atk_action_set_description (action, i, description);
}
}
g_slist_foreach (a11y_data->actions, (GFunc)free_action, NULL);
g_slist_free (a11y_data->actions);
}
if (a11y_data->relations)
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (buildable), quark_builder_atk_relations,
a11y_data->relations);
g_slice_free (AccessibilitySubParserData, a11y_data);
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_get_width (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size)
{
if (minimum_size)
*minimum_size = 0;
if (natural_size)
*natural_size = 0;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_get_height (GtkWidget *widget,
gint *minimum_size,
gint *natural_size)
{
if (minimum_size)
*minimum_size = 0;
if (natural_size)
*natural_size = 0;
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_get_height_for_width (GtkWidget *widget,
gint width,
gint *minimum_height,
gint *natural_height)
{
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_height (widget, minimum_height, natural_height);
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_get_width_for_height (GtkWidget *widget,
gint height,
gint *minimum_width,
gint *natural_width)
{
GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->get_preferred_width (widget, minimum_width, natural_width);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_halign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:halign property.
*
* Returns: the horizontal alignment of @widget
*/
GtkAlign
gtk_widget_get_halign (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->halign;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_halign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @align: the horizontal alignment
*
* Sets the horizontal alignment of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:halign property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_halign (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAlign align)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->halign == align)
return;
aux_info->halign = align;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "halign");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_valign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:valign property.
*
* Returns: the vertical alignment of @widget
*/
GtkAlign
gtk_widget_get_valign (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_ALIGN_FILL);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->valign;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_valign:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @align: the vertical alignment
*
* Sets the vertical alignment of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:valign property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_valign (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAlign align)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->valign == align)
return;
aux_info->valign = align;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "valign");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_left:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
*
* Returns: The left margin of @widget
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.left;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_left:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the left margin
*
* Sets the left margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-left property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_left (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->margin.left == margin)
return;
aux_info->margin.left = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-left");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_right:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
*
* Returns: The left margin of @widget
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.right;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_right:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the right margin
*
* Sets the right margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-right property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_right (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->margin.right == margin)
return;
aux_info->margin.right = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-right");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_top:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
*
* Returns: The top margin of @widget
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.top;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_top:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the top margin
*
* Sets the top margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-top property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_top (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->margin.top == margin)
return;
aux_info->margin.top = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-top");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the value of the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
*
* Returns: The bottom margin of @widget
*/
gint
gtk_widget_get_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return _gtk_widget_get_aux_info_or_defaults (widget)->margin.bottom;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @margin: the bottom margin
*
* Sets the bottom margin of @widget.
* See the #GtkWidget:margin-bottom property.
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_margin_bottom (GtkWidget *widget,
gint margin)
{
GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (margin <= G_MAXINT16);
aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
if (aux_info->margin.bottom == margin)
return;
aux_info->margin.bottom = margin;
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "margin-bottom");
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
* to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
* default clipboard. Another common value
* is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
* the primary X selection.
*
* Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
* be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
* associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
* window.
*
* Return value: (transfer none): the appropriate clipboard object. If no
* clipboard already exists, a new one will
* be created. Once a clipboard object has
* been created, it is persistent for all time.
*
* Since: 2.2
**/
GtkClipboard *
gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
selection);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns a newly allocated list of the widgets, normally labels, for
* which this widget is the target of a mnemonic (see for example,
* gtk_label_set_mnemonic_widget()).
* The widgets in the list are not individually referenced. If you
* want to iterate through the list and perform actions involving
* callbacks that might destroy the widgets, you
* <emphasis>must</emphasis> call <literal>g_list_foreach (result,
* (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL)</literal> first, and then unref all the
* widgets afterwards.
* Return value: (element-type GtkWidget) (transfer container): the list of
* mnemonic labels; free this list
* with g_list_free() when you are done with it.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
GList *
gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GList *list = NULL;
GSList *l;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
for (l = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels); l; l = l->next)
list = g_list_prepend (list, l->data);
return list;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @label: a #GtkWidget that acts as a mnemonic label for @widget
*
* Adds a widget to the list of mnemonic labels for
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). Note the
* list of mnemonic labels for the widget is cleared when the
* widget is destroyed, so the caller must make sure to update
* its internal state at this point as well, by using a connection
* to the #GtkWidget::destroy signal or a weak notifier.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *label)
{
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
new_list = g_slist_prepend (old_list, label);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @label: a #GtkWidget that was previously set as a mnemnic label for
* @widget with gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
*
* Removes a widget from the list of mnemonic labels for
* this widget. (See gtk_widget_list_mnemonic_labels()). The widget
* must have previously been added to the list with
* gtk_widget_add_mnemonic_label().
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_remove_mnemonic_label (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWidget *label)
{
GSList *old_list, *new_list;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (label));
old_list = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels);
new_list = g_slist_remove (old_list, label);
if (new_list)
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_mnemonic_labels,
new_list, (GDestroyNotify) g_slist_free);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_no_show_all:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the current value of the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property,
* which determines whether calls to gtk_widget_show_all()
* will affect this widget.
*
* Return value: the current value of the "no-show-all" property.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->no_show_all;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_no_show_all:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @no_show_all: the new value for the "no-show-all" property
*
* Sets the #GtkWidget:no-show-all property, which determines whether
* calls to gtk_widget_show_all() will affect this widget.
*
* This is mostly for use in constructing widget hierarchies with externally
* controlled visibility, see #GtkUIManager.
*
* Since: 2.4
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_no_show_all (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean no_show_all)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
no_show_all = (no_show_all != FALSE);
if (widget->priv->no_show_all != no_show_all)
{
widget->priv->no_show_all = no_show_all;
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "no-show-all");
}
}
static void
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip,
gboolean force)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv = widget->priv;
gboolean priv_has_tooltip;
priv_has_tooltip = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
quark_has_tooltip));
if (priv_has_tooltip != has_tooltip || force)
{
priv_has_tooltip = has_tooltip;
if (priv_has_tooltip)
{
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget) && !gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gdk_window_set_events (priv->window,
gdk_window_get_events (priv->window) |
GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
if (gtk_widget_get_has_window (widget))
gtk_widget_add_events (widget,
GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_MASK |
GDK_POINTER_MOTION_HINT_MASK);
}
g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_has_tooltip,
GUINT_TO_POINTER (priv_has_tooltip));
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @custom_window: (allow-none): a #GtkWindow, or %NULL
*
* Replaces the default, usually yellow, window used for displaying
* tooltips with @custom_window. GTK+ will take care of showing and
* hiding @custom_window at the right moment, to behave likewise as
* the default tooltip window. If @custom_window is %NULL, the default
* tooltip window will be used.
*
* If the custom window should have the default theming it needs to
* have the name "gtk-tooltip", see gtk_widget_set_name().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkWindow *custom_window)
{
gboolean has_tooltip;
gchar *tooltip_markup;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (custom_window == NULL || GTK_IS_WINDOW (custom_window));
tooltip_markup = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_markup);
if (custom_window)
g_object_ref (custom_window);
g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window,
custom_window, g_object_unref);
has_tooltip = (custom_window != NULL || tooltip_markup != NULL);
gtk_widget_real_set_has_tooltip (widget, has_tooltip, FALSE);
if (has_tooltip && gtk_widget_get_visible (widget))
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the #GtkWindow of the current tooltip. This can be the
* GtkWindow created by default, or the custom tooltip window set
* using gtk_widget_set_tooltip_window().
*
* Return value: (transfer none): The #GtkWindow of the current tooltip.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
GtkWindow *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_tooltip_window);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Triggers a tooltip query on the display where the toplevel of @widget
* is located. See gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query() for more
* information.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_trigger_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
}
static guint tooltip_query_id;
static GSList *tooltip_query_displays;
static gboolean
tooltip_query_idle (gpointer data)
{
g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)gtk_tooltip_trigger_tooltip_query, NULL);
g_slist_foreach (tooltip_query_displays, (GFunc)g_object_unref, NULL);
g_slist_free (tooltip_query_displays);
tooltip_query_displays = NULL;
tooltip_query_id = 0;
return FALSE;
}
static void
gtk_widget_queue_tooltip_query (GtkWidget *widget)
{
GdkDisplay *display;
display = gtk_widget_get_display (widget);
if (!g_slist_find (tooltip_query_displays, display))
tooltip_query_displays = g_slist_prepend (tooltip_query_displays, g_object_ref (display));
if (tooltip_query_id == 0)
tooltip_query_id = gdk_threads_add_idle (tooltip_query_idle, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @text: the contents of the tooltip for @widget
*
* Sets @text as the contents of the tooltip. This function will take
* care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE and of the default
* handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
*
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-text property and gtk_tooltip_set_text().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *text)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", text, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
* Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_text (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gchar *text = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-text", &text, NULL);
return text;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @markup: (allow-none): the contents of the tooltip for @widget, or %NULL
*
* Sets @markup as the contents of the tooltip, which is marked up with
* the <link linkend="PangoMarkupFormat">Pango text markup language</link>.
*
* This function will take care of setting #GtkWidget:has-tooltip to %TRUE
* and of the default handler for the #GtkWidget::query-tooltip signal.
*
* See also the #GtkWidget:tooltip-markup property and
* gtk_tooltip_set_markup().
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget,
const gchar *markup)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", markup, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Gets the contents of the tooltip for @widget.
*
* Return value: the tooltip text, or %NULL. You should free the
* returned string with g_free() when done.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gchar *
gtk_widget_get_tooltip_markup (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gchar *text = NULL;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "tooltip-markup", &text, NULL);
return text;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @has_tooltip: whether or not @widget has a tooltip.
*
* Sets the has-tooltip property on @widget to @has_tooltip. See
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_tooltip)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_object_set (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", has_tooltip, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the current value of the has-tooltip property. See
* #GtkWidget:has-tooltip for more information.
*
* Return value: current value of has-tooltip on @widget.
*
* Since: 2.12
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_has_tooltip (GtkWidget *widget)
{
gboolean has_tooltip = FALSE;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_object_get (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-tooltip", &has_tooltip, NULL);
return has_tooltip;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocation:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: (out): a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy to
*
* Retrieves the widget's allocation.
*
* Note, when implementing a #GtkContainer: a widget's allocation will
* be its "adjusted" allocation, that is, the widget's parent
* container typically calls gtk_widget_size_allocate() with an
* allocation, and that allocation is then adjusted (to handle margin
* and alignment for example) before assignment to the widget.
* gtk_widget_get_allocation() returns the adjusted allocation that
* was actually assigned to the widget. The adjusted allocation is
* guaranteed to be completely contained within the
* gtk_widget_size_allocate() allocation, however. So a #GtkContainer
* is guaranteed that its children stay inside the assigned bounds,
* but not that they have exactly the bounds the container assigned.
* There is no way to get the original allocation assigned by
* gtk_widget_size_allocate(), since it isn't stored; if a container
* implementation needs that information it will have to track it itself.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
*allocation = priv->allocation;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_allocation:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @allocation: a pointer to a #GtkAllocation to copy from
*
* Sets the widget's allocation. This should not be used
* directly, but from within a widget's size_allocate method.
*
* The allocation set should be the "adjusted" or actual
* allocation. If you're implementing a #GtkContainer, you want to use
* gtk_widget_size_allocate() instead of gtk_widget_set_allocation().
* The GtkWidgetClass::adjust_size_allocation virtual method adjusts the
* allocation inside gtk_widget_size_allocate() to create an adjusted
* allocation.
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_allocation (GtkWidget *widget,
const GtkAllocation *allocation)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (allocation != NULL);
priv = widget->priv;
priv->allocation = *allocation;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_width:
* @widget: the widget to query
*
* Returns the width that has currently been allocated to @widget.
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
* for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
*
* Returns: the width of the @widget
**/
int
gtk_widget_get_allocated_width (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->allocation.width;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_allocated_height:
* @widget: the widget to query
*
* Returns the height that has currently been allocated to @widget.
* This function is intended to be used when implementing handlers
* for the #GtkWidget::draw function.
*
* Returns: the height of the @widget
**/
int
gtk_widget_get_allocated_height (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
return widget->priv->allocation.height;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_requisition:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @requisition: (out): a pointer to a #GtkRequisition to copy to
*
* Retrieves the widget's requisition.
*
* This function should only be used by widget implementations in
* order to figure whether the widget's requisition has actually
* changed after some internal state change (so that they can call
* gtk_widget_queue_resize() instead of gtk_widget_queue_draw()).
*
* Normally, gtk_widget_size_request() should be used.
*
* Since: 2.20
*
* Deprecated: 3.0: The #GtkRequisition cache on the widget was
* removed, If you need to cache sizes across requests and allocations,
* add an explicit cache to the widget in question instead.
*/
void
gtk_widget_get_requisition (GtkWidget *widget,
GtkRequisition *requisition)
{
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (requisition != NULL);
gtk_widget_get_preferred_size (widget, requisition, NULL);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @window: a #GdkWindow
*
* Sets a widget's window. This function should only be used in a
* widget's #GtkWidget::realize implementation. The %window passed is
* usually either new window created with gdk_window_new(), or the
* window of its parent widget as returned by
* gtk_widget_get_parent_window().
*
* Widgets must indicate whether they will create their own #GdkWindow
* by calling gtk_widget_set_has_window(). This is usually done in the
* widget's init() function.
*
* <note><para>This function does not add any reference to @window.</para></note>
*
* Since: 2.18
*/
void
gtk_widget_set_window (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkWindow *window)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
g_return_if_fail (window == NULL || GDK_IS_WINDOW (window));
priv = widget->priv;
if (priv->window != window)
{
priv->window = window;
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "window");
}
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_window:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the widget's window if it is realized, %NULL otherwise
*
* Return value: (transfer none): @widget's window.
*
* Since: 2.14
*/
GdkWindow*
gtk_widget_get_window (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
return widget->priv->window;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns %TRUE if @widget is multiple pointer aware. See
* gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice() for more information.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is multidevice aware.
**/
gboolean
gtk_widget_get_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
return widget->priv->multidevice;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @support_multidevice: %TRUE to support input from multiple devices.
*
* Enables or disables multiple pointer awareness. If this setting is %TRUE,
* @widget will start receiving multiple, per device enter/leave events. Note
* that if custom #GdkWindow<!-- -->s are created in #GtkWidget::realize,
* gdk_window_set_support_multidevice() will have to be called manually on them.
*
* Since: 3.0
**/
void
gtk_widget_set_support_multidevice (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean support_multidevice)
{
GtkWidgetPrivate *priv;
g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
priv = widget->priv;
priv->multidevice = (support_multidevice == TRUE);
if (gtk_widget_get_realized (widget))
gdk_window_set_support_multidevice (priv->window, support_multidevice);
}
static void
_gtk_widget_set_has_focus (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean has_focus)
{
widget->priv->has_focus = has_focus;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_send_focus_change:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
* @event: a #GdkEvent of type GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE
*
* Sends the focus change @event to @widget
*
* This function is not meant to be used by applications. The only time it
* should be used is when it is necessary for a #GtkWidget to assign focus
* to a widget that is semantically owned by the first widget even though
* it's not a direct child - for instance, a search entry in a floating
* window similar to the quick search in #GtkTreeView.
*
* An example of its usage is:
*
* |[
* GdkEvent *fevent = gdk_event_new (GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE);
*
* fevent->focus_change.type = GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE;
* fevent->focus_change.in = TRUE;
* fevent->focus_change.window = gtk_widget_get_window (widget);
* if (fevent->focus_change.window != NULL)
* g_object_ref (fevent->focus_change.window);
*
* gtk_widget_send_focus_change (widget, fevent);
*
* gdk_event_free (event);
* ]|
*
* Return value: the return value from the event signal emission: %TRUE
* if the event was handled, and %FALSE otherwise
*
* Since: 2.20
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_send_focus_change (GtkWidget *widget,
GdkEvent *event)
{
gboolean res;
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL && event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE, FALSE);
g_object_ref (widget);
_gtk_widget_set_has_focus (widget, event->focus_change.in);
res = gtk_widget_event (widget, event);
g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has-focus");
g_object_unref (widget);
return res;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_in_destruction:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns whether the widget is currently being destroyed.
* This information can sometimes be used to avoid doing
* unnecessary work.
*
* Returns: %TRUE if @widget is being destroyed
*/
gboolean
gtk_widget_in_destruction (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->in_destruction;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_resize_pending (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->resize_pending;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_resize_pending (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean resize_pending)
{
widget->priv->resize_pending = resize_pending;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->in_reparent;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_in_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean in_reparent)
{
widget->priv->in_reparent = in_reparent;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_anchored (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->anchored;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_anchored (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean anchored)
{
widget->priv->anchored = anchored;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->shadowed;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_shadowed (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean shadowed)
{
widget->priv->shadowed = shadowed;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->alloc_needed;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_alloc_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean alloc_needed)
{
widget->priv->alloc_needed = alloc_needed;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->width_request_needed;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_width_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean width_request_needed)
{
widget->priv->width_request_needed = width_request_needed;
}
gboolean
_gtk_widget_get_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget)
{
return widget->priv->height_request_needed;
}
void
_gtk_widget_set_height_request_needed (GtkWidget *widget,
gboolean height_request_needed)
{
widget->priv->height_request_needed = height_request_needed;
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_path:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget, if the widget
* is not connected to a toplevel widget, a partial path will be
* created.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): The #GtkWidgetPath representing @widget
**/
GtkWidgetPath *
gtk_widget_get_path (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
/* As strange as it may seem, this may happen on object construction.
* init() implementations of parent types may eventually call this function,
* each with its corresponding GType, which could leave a child
* implementation with a wrong widget type in the widget path
*/
if (widget->priv->path &&
G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget) != gtk_widget_path_get_object_type (widget->priv->path))
{
gtk_widget_path_free (widget->priv->path);
widget->priv->path = NULL;
}
if (!widget->priv->path)
{
GtkWidget *parent;
guint pos;
parent = widget->priv->parent;
if (parent)
widget->priv->path = gtk_container_get_path_for_child (GTK_CONTAINER (parent), widget);
else
{
/* Widget is either toplevel or unparented, treat both
* as toplevels style wise, since there are situations
* where style properties might be retrieved on that
* situation.
*/
widget->priv->path = gtk_widget_path_new ();
}
pos = gtk_widget_path_append_type (widget->priv->path, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget));
if (widget->priv->name)
gtk_widget_path_iter_set_name (widget->priv->path, pos, widget->priv->name);
if (widget->priv->context)
gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context,
widget->priv->path);
}
return widget->priv->path;
}
static void
style_context_changed (GtkStyleContext *context,
gpointer user_data)
{
GtkWidget *widget = user_data;
gtk_widget_update_pango_context (widget);
g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STYLE_UPDATED], 0);
if (widget->priv->anchored)
gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
}
/**
* gtk_widget_get_style_context:
* @widget: a #GtkWidget
*
* Returns the style context associated to @widget.
*
* Returns: (transfer none): a #GtkStyleContext. This memory is owned by @widget and
* must not be freed.
**/
GtkStyleContext *
gtk_widget_get_style_context (GtkWidget *widget)
{
g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
if (G_UNLIKELY (!widget->priv->context))
{
widget->priv->context = g_object_new (GTK_TYPE_STYLE_CONTEXT,
"direction", gtk_widget_get_direction (widget),
NULL);
g_signal_connect (widget->priv->context, "changed",
G_CALLBACK (style_context_changed), widget);
gtk_style_context_set_screen (widget->priv->context,
gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
_gtk_widget_update_path (widget);
gtk_style_context_set_path (widget->priv->context,
widget->priv->path);
}
else
{
/* Force widget path regeneration if needed, the
* context will be updated within this function.
*/
gtk_widget_get_path (widget);
}
return widget->priv->context;
}
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink